10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

Commission File Number: 0-27422

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	94-3180312
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. employer Identification number)

111 Congress Avenue, Suite 510, Austin, Texas 78701

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

(512) 391-3900

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to 12 (b) of the Act:	None
Securities registered pursuant to section 12 (g) of the Act:	Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value; Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.  Yes  x  No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  ¨  No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x  No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

Large accelerated filer  x    Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  ¨  No  x

As of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $790,896,879 (based upon the closing sales price of such stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market on such date). Shares of Common Stock held by each officer, director, and holder of 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock on that date have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 3, 2006, the number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock was 25,256,912.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for our 2006 annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect to file with the Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report.

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I.
ITEM 1.	Business	3
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors	19
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	28
ITEM 2.	Properties	29
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings	29
ITEM 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	30
PART II.
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	31
ITEM 6.	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	35
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	46
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	47
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures	47
ITEM 9B.	Other Information	49
PART III.
ITEM 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	50
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation	50
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	50
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	50
ITEM 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	50
PART IV.
ITEM 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	51

2

PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

This Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future operating results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) with respect to ArthroCare Corporation (“ArthroCare,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refer to ArthroCare Corporation, a Delaware corporation, unless the context otherwise requires). Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below, under “Risk Factors”. Actual events or results could differ materially due to a number of factors, including those described herein and in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

Overview

We are a multi-business medical device company that develops, manufactures and markets minimally invasive surgical products, many of which are based on our patented Coblation^® technology. We have grown well beyond our roots in arthroscopy to capitalize on numerous market opportunities across several medical specialties, significantly improving many existing soft-tissue surgical procedures and enabling new minimally invasive procedures. With our innovative technologies, we are committed to improving the lives of individuals suffering from conditions as diverse as torn rotator cuffs and anterior cruciate ligaments (ACLs) to herniated discs and enlarged tonsils/tonsillitis.

We currently market minimally invasive surgical products across three core business units—ArthroCare Sports Medicine, ArthroCare Spine and ArthroCare Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT)—but also have developed, manufactured and marketed Coblation-based and complementary products for application in neurology, cosmetic surgery, urology and gynecology, with research continuing in additional areas. In each of our core business units, we are focused on driving the application of enabling technologies, primarily for plasma-based soft tissue removal, and increasing the number of minimally invasive procedures being performed.

We focus on executing a mission-driven business strategy featuring the following key elements:

• Expanding our product offering to address large and rapidly growing markets;

• Targeting established procedures and replacing current technology with value-added ArthroCare technologies;

• Driving disposable device sales with a direct sales force;

• Augmenting growth with complementary and compatible acquisitions to expand margins and provide additional opportunity to capitalize on emerging and existing business opportunities; and

• Establishing strategic partnerships to further commercialize our minimally invasive technologies.

ArthroCare was incorporated in California in 1993 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1995. We maintain an Internet web site at http://www.arthrocare.com. On our Web site we make available, free of charge, the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934. You may also read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our reports, proxy statements and other documents filed electronically with the SEC are available at the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

3

Coblation Technology

Many of our minimally invasive products are based on ArthroCare’s patented Coblation technology, which uses radiofrequency energy to create a precisely focused plasma to ablate soft tissue. As a result, the use of Coblation allows surgeons to operate with a high level of precision and accuracy, limiting damage to surrounding healthy tissue and thereby potentially reducing patient pain and recovery times. Our Coblation-based products operate at lower temperatures than traditional electrosurgical or laser surgery tools that use heat to burn away targeted tissue, which often results in thermal damage to tissue surrounding the surgical area. Additionally, the lack of tactile feedback with traditional devices makes it difficult for surgeons to control the depth of tissue penetration. Our Coblation-based systems consist of a controller unit and an assortment of sterile, single-use disposable devices that are specialized for specific types of procedures. We believe our Coblation technology can replace the multiple surgical tools traditionally used in soft-tissue surgery procedures with one multi-purpose surgical system.

Scientifically, Coblation technology works by directing the flow of an electrically conductive fluid through the space between an active and return electrode(s) at the tip of a surgical tool. When an electrical current is passed from the electrode(s) into this fluid, it creates a charged layer of particles, or plasma, between the active and return electrode(s). As this plasma comes into contact with the targeted tissue, the charged particles in the plasma have sufficient energy to break down molecular bonds within the cells of the tissue, volumetrically dissolving the tissue cell layer by cell layer. Some additional advantages of Coblation are that it can be performed in a continuous fashion, resulting in efficient tissue removal, thereby reducing the overall procedure time as compared to conventional surgical methods, and Coblation surgical tools can be designed to seal bleeding vessels near the surgical site.

Benefits of Our Coblation Technology

Our patented Coblation technology, delivered in the form of multi-electrode and single electrode, bipolar disposable devices, offers a number of benefits we believe may provide advantages over competing surgical methods and devices. The principal benefits include:

• Ease-of-use:    Our Coblation-based soft-tissue surgery systems perform many of the functions of mechanical tools, power tools and electrosurgery instruments, allowing a surgeon to use a single instrument. The lightweight device is simple to use and complements a surgeon’s existing tactile skills without the need for extensive training.

• Precision:    In contrast to conventional tools, our Coblation-based soft-tissue surgery systems permit surgeons to perform more precise tissue ablation and sculpting. We believe this may result in more rapid patient rehabilitation.

• Benefits to patients:    Coblation technology operates at cooler temperatures than traditional electrosurgical tools. This feature can lead to significant benefits for patients treated with Coblation-based disposable devices due to the minimal amount of thermal injury to surrounding tissue. As a result, we believe patients are likely to experience less trauma and pain following surgery and may recover more quickly.

• Ablation and sealing of blood vessels:    Our Coblation-based soft-tissue surgery systems allow for the efficient sealing of small bleeding vessels without changing tools.

• Cost savings:    Our Coblation soft-tissue surgery systems eliminate the need to introduce multiple instruments to remove and sculpt tissue and seal bleeding vessels. We believe this may reduce operating time and thereby produce cost savings for health care providers.

Application of Coblation Technology

We have applied Coblation technology for soft-tissue surgery throughout the body, primarily in the areas of arthroscopy/sports medicine, spinal surgery and ENT applications. We also are exploring the use of Coblation

4

technology in other markets, such as neurosurgery, cosmetic surgery, urology, gynecology, cardiac surgery and general surgical procedures.

We have received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to market several of our products and several of our products are CE marked, which is a requirement to sell our products in most of Western Europe. Specially, we have received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market our Coblation-based Arthroscopic Surgery System, or Arthroscopic System, for use in arthroscopic surgery of the knee, shoulder, ankle, elbow, wrist and hip. In addition, our Arthroscopic System is CE marked for use in arthroscopic surgery. We have also received 510(k) clearances in the United States and a CE mark in Europe to market and sell our Coblation-based Spinal Surgery System for spinal surgery and neurosurgery. Our ENT Surgery System has received 510(k) clearances from the FDA and a CE mark for use in general head, neck, oral and sinus surgery procedures, including tonsillectomy and adenoidectomy, turbinate reduction to relieve nasal obstruction, and soft palate stiffening to treat snoring. The FDA also has cleared our Cosmetic Surgery System for general dermatologic procedures and skin resurfacing in connection with wrinkle reduction procedures. In addition, the Cosmetic Surgery System has received a CE Mark. We also have received 510(k) clearance from the FDA, and applied for a CE mark, to market products based on our Coblation technology for use in urology, gynecology, plastic and reconstructive surgery, orthopedic surgery and general surgery.

To achieve increasing disposable device sales over time, we believe we must continue to penetrate each of our key markets; expand physicians’ education with respect to Coblation technology; and continue working on new product development efforts. Furthermore, in order to increase our current market penetration, we must increase our installed base of controllers to generate increased disposable device revenue. To date, we have placed more than 25,000 controller units with our customers, with the majority at no cost or at substantial discounts in order to stimulate demand for our disposable devices.

We believe surgeons will not use our systems unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and other factors, that these systems are an attractive alternative to conventional means of tissue ablation. We believe continued recommendations and endorsements by influential surgeons are essential for market acceptance of our Coblation-based surgical systems. If our Coblation technology does not continue to receive endorsement by influential surgeons or long-term data does not support the effectiveness of our surgical systems, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects will be materially adversely affected.

The Sports Medicine Market

Overview

Due to patient demand for less invasive procedures, we believe the number of arthroscopic procedures is growing. In addition, a greater emphasis on physical fitness and an aging population are increasing the incidence of joint and soft tissue injuries. Joints are susceptible to injuries from blows, falls or twisting, as well as from natural degeneration and stiffening associated with aging.

Historically, joint injuries have been treated using open surgery involving large incisions, a hospital stay and a prolonged recovery period. In contrast, arthroscopic surgery, is performed through several small incisions, called portals, and can be performed on an outpatient basis. We believe arthroscopic surgery has gained widespread market acceptance because it can offer shorter hospital stays and reduced recovery time, which may result in reduced costs and improved medical outcomes.

To perform arthroscopic surgery, a surgeon uses one tool to view the site and other tools to perform the surgery. The tool used to view the site, called an arthroscope, is a small fiber-optic viewing instrument made up of a small lens, a light source and a video camera. During the arthroscopic procedure, an irrigating solution, such as saline, is flushed through the joint to permit clear visualization through the arthroscope and create the space within the joint for the surgical procedure. The surgeon inserts the arthroscope into the joint through a portal measuring approximately six millimeters in length. Other portals are used for the insertion of surgical instruments to perform the surgery and facilitate the flow of irrigants. With small incision sites and direct access

5

to most areas of the joint, a surgeon can diagnose and correct an array of joint problems, such as cartilage and meniscus tears, ligament tears and removal of loose and degenerative tissue.

The advantages of arthroscopic surgery over open surgery can be significant. Due to the smaller incisions and reduced surgical trauma, the patient might experience several benefits, including reduced pain, treatment on an outpatient basis, reduced hospitalization times, smaller scars, immediate joint mobility and less muscle atrophy, less surrounding tissue damage, a lower rate of complications and generally quicker rehabilitation.

Conditions of the Knee

The knee is the most commonly injured joint. Damage to the meniscus, a disc of fibrous tissue that helps cushion the knee joint, is the most common form of knee injury. The meniscus can be torn by a twist of the leg when the knee is flexed; displaced either inward toward the center of the shin bone or outward beyond the surface of the thighbone; or worn down by normal aging. The knee is also susceptible to partial or complete tears of the ligaments and degeneration of the cartilage on the underside of the kneecap. In addition, the cartilage covering the bony surfaces of the knee can become rough or tear loose from the bone as a result of age or injury, causing pain and interfering with smooth joint movement.

Conditions of the Shoulder

The shoulder joint, because of its range of motion, is susceptible to a number of injuries. We believe a significant percentage of the population is born with a susceptibility to rotator cuff injuries. We also believe shoulder arthroscopy is the fastest-growing portion of the arthroscopy market. With repetitive motion and lifting of the arm, such as that which occurs during a tennis serve, a bone formation of the upper arm may impinge one of the shoulder muscles and cause persistent pain, and may eventually tear the tissue causing a rotator cuff injury. If the tear is severe enough, the rotator cuff may actually separate from the humerus bone. Strengthening exercises and physiotherapy may sometimes help this condition; however, many rotator cuff injuries require surgical intervention, including reattachment procedures.

Conditions of the Elbow, Ankle, Wrist and Hip

The elbow, ankle, wrist and hip joints also are susceptible to certain stress-related injuries and deterioration due to aging. In 2005, more than 600,000 arthroscopic procedures were performed in the elbow, ankle, wrist or hip worldwide. We believe the current number of surgical procedures in the elbow, ankle, wrist and hip is relatively small due to the limitations of conventional arthroscopic surgical equipment.

Non-Traumatic Soft Tissue Injuries

It is estimated nearly 15 million Americans suffer from injuries called tendonopathies, or tendonosis, which is a chronic pain associated with the degeneration of tendons commonly used in everyday activity. Runner’s knee, tennis and golfer’s elbow, jumper’s knee, plantar fasciitis and heel spurs are but a few of the conditions that cause pain in normal daily activities and otherwise limit normal lifestyles. Currently, the few options for these chronic conditions include rest, rehabilitation, bracing and steroid injections. In the past, surgical options have been equally limited to surgical release procedures, grafts and surgical debridement, each with a significant recovery period.

Surgical procedures can employ one or more of four groups of surgical instruments:

• powered or motorized instruments, such as cartilage and bone shavers;

• mechanical instruments, such as basket punches, graspers and scissors;

• electrosurgical systems and

• laser systems.

6

Powered or motorized instruments are generally used to smooth tissue and cartilage defects on the surface of the bones of the joint. The damaged tissue is removed from the joint using suction through a tube surrounding the shaft of the tool, which can become obstructed by bits of tissue and bone. Power shavers have rotating cutters inside a tube and are available in a number of tip angles and/or sizes for the precise shaving of tissue. Mechanical instruments are typically handheld devices with sharpened tips that come in a variety of shapes, sizes and angles, referred to as basket punches, graspers, scissors and scalpels. These devices are used manually to remove or excise damaged tissue on the surface of the bones or joints or to remove damaged meniscal or cartilage tissue. Mechanical instruments must be re-sharpened at regular intervals and sterilized after each procedure. Conventional electrosurgical systems are used to seal blood vessels, which is necessary to minimize bleeding and maximize the arthroscopic surgeon’s visibility of the procedure through the arthroscope. Conventional electrosurgical systems contain two electrodes: the electrode tip held by the surgeon and a dispersive “return” pad that rests under the patient’s body. The metal electrode tip of the instrument, which resembles a pencil point, is placed on or near the bleeding vessel to be sealed. A generator connected to the electrode delivers high-frequency voltage that arcs between the electrode and the target tissue, sealing blood vessels in its vicinity. After arcing, the current travels through the remaining tissue of the patient’s body, through the skin to the dispersive electrode pad, before being directed back to the generator. Laser systems are used to remove tissue while sealing bleeding vessels. Because laser systems are not tactile tools, a surgeon cannot feel how much tissue is being ablated. A surgeon must be extensively trained to precisely position a laser to control the depth of tissue penetration to minimize unintended tissue damage. In addition, the temperature of laser instruments is high and, as a result, can cause damage to surrounding tissue and vascular areas. We believe that laser tools have not received widespread acceptance because of high capital cost and significant ongoing maintenance and operating expenses, as well as the concern about damage that may be caused by the significant heat generated by these devices.

Our Solution to Arthroscopic Surgery

We sell our Arthroscopic System through our Arthroscopy business unit, now known as our Sports Medicine business unit. Since our Arthroscopic System accounts for a significant portion of our product sales, we are highly dependent on its sales. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to manufacture our Arthroscopic System products in commercial quantities at acceptable costs, or we will be able to continue to market such products successfully. Our Arthroscopic System is a radiofrequency surgical device intended to perform tissue ablation, resection, as well as seal bleeding vessels. Our Arthroscopic System is comprised of an assortment of disposable bipolar multi-electrode and single electrode devices, a connecting cable, foot pedal or hand switch and a radiofrequency controller. We sell our Arthroscopic System for use in all six major joints: knee, shoulder, elbow, ankle, wrist and hip. Many types of tissue, including cartilage and ligaments, can be ablated using our Arthroscopic System.

Our controller delivers radiofrequency energy to the disposable surgical device without the need for a ground or “return” pad, which is required for conventional monopolar electrosurgical systems. A surgeon can use the disposable device for ablation, resection, coagulation of soft tissue and to seal bleeding vessels. A surgeon can control the mode of operation and power setting with the foot pedal or keys on the front panel of the controller. The incorporation of ablation, suction and fluid management into a single disposable device potentially reduces operating time and expense.

A surgeon using our Arthroscopic System does not need to remove and insert a variety of instruments to perform various tasks as can be required when using conventional arthroscopic instruments. Our disposable devices are approved for sale in tip sizes ranging from 1.5 mm to 0.5 mm, and in tip angles ranging from zero to 90 degrees. We currently sell 40 models for arthroscopy in various tip sizes, angles and shapes, enabling a surgeon to ablate different volumes of tissue and to reach treatment sites not readily accessible by existing mechanical instruments and motorized cutting tools. In addition, some of our disposable devices provide integrated suction capability, and have a pre-connected disposable cable that connects directly to the controller.

7

For non-traumatic soft tissue injuries, we offer the Coblation-based TOPAZ^™ procedure. This procedure treats chronic tendon pain by stimulating cells surrounding the tendons to secrete chemicals that promote healing.

We are marketing and selling our Arthroscopic System worldwide through a network of direct sales representatives and independent orthopedic distributors supported by regional managers. We have continually increased our manufacturing capabilities while maintaining yields.

Complementary Enabling Sports Medicine Technologies

The Opus Collection

In November of 2004, we acquired Opus Medical, Inc., a manufacturer of products designed to facilitate the arthroscopic repair, including the Opus AutoCuff System. The Opus AutoCuff System addresses each of the requirements for a total arthroscopic repair through its proprietary family of specialized instruments and devices. The Opus AutoCuff System is comprised of two platform-enabling technologies, including an automated suturing instrument call the SmartStitch Suturing Device and a “knotless” bone anchoring system called the Magnum Knotless Implant. This may greatly reduce the recovery and patient morbidity usually associated with non-arthroscopic treatment procedures. These products may enhance efficacy, decrease complications, reduce costs, reduce procedure time and broaden the treatable patient base. In 2005, we introduced a sequel device to the AutoCuff Anchoring System known as the LabraFix System. The LabraFix System provides knotless arthroscopic repair of the labrum.

Today, more than 90% of all surgical repairs of the ACL in the knee are performed arthroscopically. In contrast, while approximately 400,000 surgical repairs of the rotator cuff were performed in the United States in 2005, less than 16% of all surgical repairs of the rotator cuff are performed arthroscopically due to inadequate instrumentation and the requirement for substantial technical skills, such as knot tying and intracorporeal (inside the body) suturing. Nonetheless, there is a high level of interest among surgeons in achieving total arthroscopic repair of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopic repair typically results in faster recovery, rehabilitation, lower costs and better cosmesis compared to open procedures.

The vast majority of surgeries are open or mini-open techniques. Five significant problems currently exist with rotator cuff surgery that must be overcome in order to offer a total arthroscopic system: (1) elimination of the eyelet type bone anchor, (2) improved suture management, (3) elimination of complex knot tying techniques, (4) elimination of bulky knots in the capsule and (5) faster suturing of the rotator cuff.

The Atlantech Collection

In October and November of 2002, we acquired two of our European distributors: Atlantech Medical Devices, Ltd., a distributor of ArthroCare products in the United Kingdom, and Atlantech GmbH, our German distributor. The acquisitions accelerated the implementation of our direct sales strategy in Europe, providing us with an immediate direct sales force in two key markets. We also obtained a complementary line of sports medicine products through the purchase of Atlantech Medical Devices. This product line consists of more than 1,500 individual arthroscopic surgical items.

Competition in the Sports Medicine Market

We compete directly with the providers of tissue removal systems, including conventional electrosurgical systems, manual instruments, power shavers and laser systems. Smith & Nephew Endoscopy, which owns Acufex Microsurgical, Inc., Dyonics, Inc. and Oratec Interventions, Inc., Conmed Corporation, including its Linvatec unit, Arthrex and Stryker Corporation each have large shares of the market for manual instruments, power shavers and arthroscopes.

8

Johnson & Johnson, including Mitek, a division of its Ethicon, Inc. unit, Stryker Corporation and Smith & Nephew market bipolar electrosurgical systems that compete directly with our tissue ablation and shrinkage technology in Sports Medicine. In addition, the Linvatec unit of Conmed Corporation, Smith & Nephew and Arthrex are marketing monopolar electrosurgical tools for tissue ablation that compete with our products in this field.

We believe our Arthroscopic System, comprising the controller unit and disposable devices, presents a very competitive alternative when compared to other tools being used in arthroscopic procedures. While our disposable devices perform many functions in one tool, most competitive disposable devices only perform a single function. With such devices, multiple disposable or reusable devices would be required. Laser systems have a significantly higher capital cost than our controller and require significant ongoing maintenance and operating expenses. We are also aware of additional competitors that may commercialize products using technology similar to ours.

These same competitors also compete against our Opus collection with rotator cuff repair systems that include suture passers and bone anchors to complete the repair. These same competitors also compete against our Atlantech collection by providing a wide range of instruments for arthroscopic knee and shoulder surgery.

We cannot assure you we can effectively convince surgeons and physicians to adopt Coblation and our complementary technologies in the face of competition. In addition, we cannot be sure that these or other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than ours, or that would render our technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do, or they have corporate partners with greater financial, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we have.

The Spinal Surgery Market

Overview

We believe the spine surgery market represents the most rapidly growing segment of the orthopedic surgery market, increasing, we estimate, at a rate greater than 10% annually. U.S. government statistics indicate back and/or leg pain is the most common reason for activity limitation in those under age 45, and is the leading cause of disability in individuals 45-65 years of age. The National Center for Health Statistics reports that 14% of new patient visits to physician offices, or approximately 13 million visits annually, are for complaints of lower back pain. Approximately 80% of the general population experiences an episode of lower back pain at sometime during their life, with an estimated 18% having debilitating back pain at any given time. The total societal annual cost of back pain in the United States is estimated to be between $20 billion and $50 billion.

A high percentage of back pain can be traced to problems associated with intervertebral discs. Intervertebral discs mainly function to cushion and tether the vertebrae, providing flexibility and stability to the patient’s spine. Problems that can occur with intervertebral discs include degeneration and herniation. With degeneration, discs lose their water content and height, bringing the adjoining vertebrae closer together. This results in a weakening of the shock absorption properties of the disc and a narrowing of the nerve openings in the sides of the spine, which may pinch these nerves. With herniation, the outer layer of the disc, which is called the annulus, bulges and/or ruptures. Both disc degeneration and herniation can eventually cause back pain and/or pain that radiates to the extremities, including the buttocks, legs, shoulders and arms.

Often, pain and inflammation from disc degeneration or herniation can be treated successfully with non-surgical means, such as rest, therapeutic exercise or through the use of anti-inflammatory medications. In some cases, disc herniation results in intractable pain, thereby necessitating a microdiscectomy, the removal of a portion of the disc to eliminate the source of inflammation and pressure. Microdiscectomy is currently the most common spine surgery procedure performed worldwide with more than one million surgeries performed annually. In more severe cases, the adjacent vertebral bodies must be stabilized following excision of the disc

9

material to avoid recurrence of the disabling back pain. One approach to stabilizing the vertebrae, termed spinal fusion, is to insert an interbody graft or implant into the space vacated by the degenerative disc. In this procedure, a small amount of bone may be grafted from other portions of the body, such as the hip, and packed into the implants. This process allows the bone to grow through and around the implant, fusing the vertebral bodies, thereby alleviating the pain. More recently, the implantation of an artificial disc, termed disc arthroplasty, has become more popular primarily due to the potential for these artificial discs to preserve the natural motion of the spine and lead to faster recovery than fusion procedures.

Vertebral compression fractures occur primarily as a result of osteoporosis, although they can also be caused by tumors or trauma. We estimate approximately 1.5 million vertebral compression fractures occur annually worldwide, and approximately one-third to one-half of these fractures are symptomatic. We estimate over 100,000 vertebral compression fractures were treated in 2004.

Conventional Treatment Methodologies for Treatment of Spine Diseases and Disorders: The Problem

While the overall success rate for microdiscectomy with regard to significant reduction in pain is approximately 90%, published studies in peer reviewed journals indicate the success rate is significantly lower for certain types of patients and there are significant drawbacks to the procedure as currently performed. Specifically, according to these studies, patients with contained herniated discs, where the disc bulges but has not ruptured, achieve success rates in terms of pain relief that are below 50%. Currently, the vast majority of microdiscectomies are performed in an “open” fashion, where an incision is made that is large enough to expose the affected disc. In order to remove disc material, the surgeon creates a relatively large incision in the annulus, called an annulotomy. Several published studies have shown that microdiscectomy weakens the disc, increases the reherniation rate and may accelerate disc degeneration over time. The authors of these studies attribute these clinical side effects to the annulotomy.

Our Solution to Spinal Surgery

Randomized controlled studies have indicated percutaneous disc decompression is an effective alternative to microdiscectomy for patients with contained herniated discs who have symptoms of back and/or radicular pain. Percutaneous disc decompression is a minimally invasive procedure where disc material is removed without making an incision. The disc is accessed through a narrow needle and the physician performs the procedure under fluoroscopic (live x-ray) guidance. During fiscal year 2001, we introduced the Perc-DLE Convenience Pack for percutaneous disc decompression, or volumetric tissue removal in the nucleus of the disc in the lumbar, or lower, spine, which includes the Perc-D surgical wand. DISC Nucleoplasty^®, a minimally invasive percutaneous discectomy procedure using our Coblation technology to treat symptomatic patients with contained herniated discs, employs the process of ablation of soft tissue for partial removal of the nucleus of a disc. Coblation ablates tissue via a low-temperature, molecular dissociation process to create small channels within the disc. Late in 2002, we introduced the Perc-DC, a surgical wand very similar to the Perc-D, but designed so it can be used to perform a Nucleoplasty procedure in the cervical portion of the spine. Our Micro Discoblator was introduced in the spring of 2003 to enable minimally invasive disc decompression during microdiscectomy procedures, thus avoiding an annulotomy. In 2003, we introduced the CAVITY SpineWand for the removal of spinal tumors.

Complementary Enabling Spinal Surgery Technologies

The Parallax Collection

In January 2004, we completed the acquisition of Medical Device Alliance, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiary, Parallax Medical, a leader in products for the treatment of vertebral compression fractures. Parallax’s product line includes vertebral access and bone biopsy needles, cement delivery systems, bone cement and opacifiers and ancillary devices for use in treating vertebral compression fractures.

10

Competition in the Spinal Surgery Market

We may indirectly compete with large companies in the spine fusion and discectomy markets such as DePuy Acromed, Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Stryker, Centerpulse and Synthes. In addition, we are aware of several small companies offering alternative treatments for back pain that may indirectly compete with our products. For example, Oratec Interventions, now part of the Smith & Nephew Endoscopy Division, manufactures and sells a catheter that uses resistive heating to reduce chronic low back pain caused by degenerative disc disease. Radionics, a division of Tyco, manufactures and sells a catheter that uses resistive heating to reduce chronic low back pain caused by degenerative disc disease.

In the vertebral compression fracture market, the primary direct competitors in the vertebroplasty market are Stryker, Cardinal Health/Allegiance and Cook Medical. Kyphon, with its balloon kyphoplasty procedure, is our leading competitor in the overall vertebral compression fracture market.

We cannot assure you we can effectively convince surgeons and physicians to adopt Coblation and our complementary technologies in the face of competition. In addition, we cannot be sure that these or other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than ours, or that would render our technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do, or they have corporate partners with greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we have.

The ENT Market

Overview

The most common ENT procedures are placement of ear tubes, and the removal of tonsils and adenoids. We estimate that there are more than 600,000 tonsillectomies performed in the United States each year, many of which are accompanied by an adenoidectomy. Other commonly performed ENT procedures include endoscopic sinus surgery, septoplasty, turbinate reduction and procedures to remove or stiffen tissue to treat obstructive sleep apnea and snoring. Highly specialized ENT surgeons, typically in an outpatient or ambulatory surgery center, perform these procedures. For decades, monopolar electrosurgical instruments (e.g. bovie) have been the standard for removal of soft tissue and cauterization in ENT procedures. As in other surgical procedures, the high levels of heat associated with bovies often results in significant post-operative pain and extended recovery periods. In the United States alone, more than 500,000 individuals undergo endoscopic sinus surgeries annually to treat chronic sinusitis, or inflammation of the sinusal membrane.

Our Solution to ENT Surgery

We market ENT products through a network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors supported by sales managers for use in general head, neck and oral surgical procedures, including sinus surgery, the treatment of snoring, reduction of nasal turbinates, adenoidectomy and tonsillectomy. We have three categories of disposable devices, or wands, to address the ENT Market—suction wands, channeling wands and excision wands. Suction wands simultaneously ablate and remove tissue in applications such as tonsillectomy, providing enhanced visibility. Channeling wands combine controlled ablation and effective coagulative lesion formation in applications such as turbinate reduction to relieve nasal obstruction and stiffening of the soft palate for the treatment of snoring. Excision wands provide precise dissection of soft tissue with minimal damage to surrounding tissue.

Coblation devices have been used in more than 150,000 tonsillectomy and/or adenoidectomy procedures to date. Use of Coblation technology for tonsillectomies continues to rise as an increasing amount of published clinical data and anecdotal surgeon feedback indicates it provides a better overall post-operative experience for patients, including less pain, a faster return to normal diet and activity and less need for prescription medications.

11

Coblation-based devices also have been used in more than 250,000 turbinate reduction and snoring procedures with the primary benefits versus competitive methods being faster lesion formation and fewer and less severe post-operative morbidity.

Complementary Enabling ENT Technologies

The Applied Therapeutics Collection

In August 2005, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Applied Therapeutics, Inc. (ATI), a maker of sinus surgery treatment products. ATI’s patented carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC)-based packing and tamponade products promote platelet aggregation directly at the wound site while remaining moist for the duration of insertion. We believe this significantly minimizes patient discomfort and re-bleeding during removal, as compared to traditional treatments. The ATI collection includes the dissolvable Stammberger Sinus Dressing, Gel Knit^™ nasal dressings and dissolvable Sinu Knit^™ stents. These products are used after endoscopic sinus surgery to control minor bleeding, facilitate epithelial healing and preserve the spatial integrity of the sinus.

Competition in the ENT Market

There are large companies, such as Gyrus Medical Ltd. and Medtronic, Incorporated, which owns Xomed Surgical Products, Inc., which have shares of the market for manual and powered instruments for ENT, head and neck surgical procedures. We expect competition from these and other well-established competitors will increase as will competition from smaller medical device companies. Gyrus Medical Ltd. manufactures and sells medical devices that utilize radio frequency energy for the treatment of upper airway disorders, such as turbinate reduction, snoring and obstructive sleep apnea. In addition, Gyrus has recently introduced a radiofrequency system for treating tonsils that competes directly with some of our products in the ENT business.

We cannot assure you we, or our corporate partners, can effectively convince surgeons and physicians to adopt Coblation and our complementary technologies in the face of competition. In addition, we cannot be sure that these or other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than ours, or that would render our technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do, or they have corporate partners with greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we have.

Additional Markets for Coblation Technology

We developed and commercialized Coblation-based urology products through a strategic partnership with ACMI until the termination of that agreement in August 2005 following Gyrus Medical’s acquisition of ACMI. We also developed gynecology products for commercialization through an agreement with GyneCare until the expiration of that agreement in September 2004. We intend to establish strategic OEM partnerships in these markets and others, where beneficial, in the future or enter the market directly, as appropriate.

Potential Competition in Non Core-Coblation Markets

We believe Coblation-based technologies will compete effectively against a variety of technologies used in gynecology, urology, laparoscopic and cardiology procedures. There are several large companies, such as Ethicon ENDO, a division of Johnson & Johnson; Valleylab, a division of U.S. Surgical; and Gyrus and Olympus Medical Systems Group, which have shares of the gynecology market for mechanical, ultrasonic, monopolar and bipolar instruments. In the field of urology, we face competition from companies that market monopolar, bipolar, mechanical, and ultrasonic and laser devices for a variety of urological procedures, including transurethral prostatectomy (“TURP”) and transurethral incisions in the prostate (“TUIP”). These companies include Karl Storz, Olympus Medical Systems Group, C.R. Bard, Gyrus, Medtronic, Urologix and Laserscope. We expect competition from these and other well-established competitors will increase as will competition from smaller

12

medical device companies in both the field of gynecology and urology. Several large companies, including Edwards Lifescience, Medtronic, Guidant, Johnson & Johnson and St. Jude Medical, dominate cardiology. These companies, including several smaller companies, offer mechanical, powered, laser and electrosurgical systems.

The gynecology, urology and cardiology fields are intensely competitive and we cannot assure you that potential Coblation-based products would be successfully marketed by our corporate partners or us. We also cannot assure you that we, or our corporate partners, can effectively convince surgeons and physicians to adopt Coblation technology in the face of competition. In addition, we cannot be sure that these or other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than ours, or that would render our technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do, or they have corporate partners with greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we have.

Research and Development

We have focused our research and development efforts in four areas. First, in response to physician feedback, we modify and enhance the performance of our generator/controller platforms and introduce new platforms from time to time. Second, we have continued to design new disposable devices that incorporate added functionalities for faster and easier use. Third, we have developed products for new applications like urology and are exploring other new applications of our Coblation technology in other soft-tissue surgical markets. Fourth, we incorporate complementary technologies and products into our portfolio in order to provide more value to our customers and participate to a greater extent in certain surgical procedures. Research and development expenses were $21.0 million in 2005, $13.3 million in 2004 and $10.6 million in 2003.

We also have undertaken preliminary studies and development for the use of our technology in several new fields. To this end, we continue to explore and develop the plasma physics underlying Coblation technology. We are engaged with a number of doctors, scientists and research institutions to further understand the technology and its additional applications and other technical improvements. We are currently in the third year of a collaborative research effort with two major Russian plasma physics laboratories and the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory in California to extend the application of Coblation technology to other types of tissues. In this effort, the Russian plasma physics laboratories and the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory are supported by a financial grant from the Department of Energy in conjunction with that Department’s efforts to identify non-military, commercial applications for former Soviet institute technologies. These unique partnerships provide new resources and markets for U.S. companies, while establishing important private sector linkages for former Soviet weapons scientists and engineers.

Manufacturing

Our disposable devices are primarily manufactured at our 22,500 square foot facility located in an industrial park in San Jose, Costa Rica. This facility commenced operations in 2002 and by year-end 2004 was producing essentially all of our disposable device requirements at yields and quality levels similar to those generated in our Sunnyvale, California facility. In 2004, we transferred the manufacturing of our controllers from Sunnyvale to our Costa Rica facility. As of December 31, 2005, our Costa Rica facility was also producing essentially all of the disposable products associated with the Opus product line. We are currently in the process of constructing an additional 18,000 square feet of manufacturing space adjacent to this facility.

In 2003, we transformed our primary Sunnyvale facility from a general manufacturing facility to a facility with an increased focus on research, development and prototype manufacturing. This 52,000 square foot facility was acquired through a five-year lease agreement in September 2001 and became fully operational for our clean room manufacturing operations in January 2002. In 2005, the lease for this facility was extended through February 2014. Approximately 50% of this facility is devoted to research and new product development. We believe our existing operations will provide adequate capacity for our manufacturing needs at least through 2006.

13

Our products are manufactured from several components, most of which are supplied to us from third parties. Most of the components we use in the manufacture of our products are available from more than one qualified supplier. For some components, however, there are relatively few alternative sources of supply and the establishment of additional or replacement suppliers may not be accomplished quickly. In isolated cases, we rely upon single source suppliers. We also use a single subcontractor to sterilize our disposable devices, but do not believe a major disruption is likely because the supplier has multiple sterilization facilities throughout the United States as well as internationally, and there are competing sterilization companies that offer similar services. Our Atlantech product line of handheld instruments is primarily single sourced. Disruption of this supply source would result in a material disruption of our ability to sell this line of products for an extended time period. See “Additional Factors that Might Affect Future Results—We Have Limited Manufacturing Experience” for additional information regarding the potential disruption in supply of our products and risks to our operations resulting from our reliance upon single source suppliers.

We have established quality assurance systems in conformance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR. Our facilities in Sunnyvale and Costa Rica have received ISO 9001/and ISO 13485 and CMDCAS certification and are in conformance with the Medical Device Directive, or MDD, for the sale of products in Europe.

In 2003, we entered into a comprehensive agreement with DHL Worldwide Express, Inc., which identifies DHL as the primary provider of a full suite of logistic services, including warehousing of finished goods, shipment of finished products to customers and field returns, along with management of a portion our in-bound freight requirements. We have experienced favorable cost performance and have gained an ability to scale our business at a faster pace due to this agreement. However, the complex nature of the underlying support technologies, such as “Electronic Data Interchange,” has, at times, caused disruptions in our ability to deliver products to customers on a timely basis. Failure of these supporting systems could impair our business for the duration of the failure. This agreement expired January 3, 2006. We are currently in negotiations with DHL and other providers for a new long-term contract for these services. In the interim, DHL is continuing these services on a month-to-month basis pending the outcome of the negotiations.

Marketing and Sales

We are marketing and selling our arthroscopic/sports medicine, spinal surgery, ENT and cosmetic surgery products using a combination of distributors supported by regional sales mangers, a direct sales force and corporate partners to sell our products both domestically and internationally. In the U.S., we principally use distributors and field sales representatives to sell our products. In Europe, we accelerated our strategy to move to a direct sales organization by acquiring Atlantech Medical Devices, our distributor in the United Kingdom, in October 2002, Atlantech GmbH, our German distributor, in November 2002, and Atlantech Medizinische Produkte Vertreibs, our Austrian distributor, in April 2003. These transactions have provided us with an immediate direct sales force in two key European markets.

Outside of the United States and Europe, we have established distribution capability in certain countries by means of exclusive and non-exclusive distribution agreements with corporations, including Kobayashi Pharmaceutical for the distribution of our arthroscopy, spinal surgery and ENT surgery products in Japan. We have also established distribution capability through relationships with distributors in Australia, New Zealand, Russia, China, Korea, Taiwan, Canada, Mexico, the Caribbean, North Africa, South Africa, the Middle East, and South and Central America. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, approximately 21%, 25% and 24%, respectively, of our sales were derived internationally. For information regarding product sales in certain product markets and geographic areas, see Note 16, “Segment Information,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

We believe the use of our products is generally intuitive to surgeons and does not require extensive training. We frequently conduct training seminars and demonstrations at regional training centers and trade shows. Our partners also conduct training activities in their areas of responsibility.

14

At hospitals and surgical centers where several procedures can be performed simultaneously, the procurement of multiple controllers is required. We have offered our controllers at substantial discounts in the past and may be required to continue to offer such discounts to generate demand for our disposable devices. In addition, motorized and mechanical instruments, lasers and electro surgery systems currently used by hospitals, surgical centers and private physicians have become widely accepted.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part on developing and maintaining the proprietary aspects of our technologies, including Coblation technology and our acquired technologies. We own over 140 issued U.S. patents and over 75 issued international patents. In addition, we have over 230 U.S. and international pending patent applications. We believe our issued patents are directed at, among other things, the core technology used in our soft-tissue surgery systems, including both multi-electrode and single electrode configurations of our disposable devices, as well as the use of Coblation technology in many different surgical procedures. In addition, we believe that our issued patents are directed at many of the core features of our acquired technologies from Opus, Atlantech, Parallax and ATI.

We cannot assure you the patents we have obtained, or any patents we may obtain as a result of our U.S. or international patent applications, will provide any competitive advantages for our products or that they will not be successfully challenged, invalidated or circumvented in the future. In addition, we cannot assure you that competitors, many of whom have substantial resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, will not seek to apply for and obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products either in the United States or in international markets.

A number of other companies, universities and research institutions have filed patent applications or have issued patents relating to monopolar and/or bipolar electrosurgical methods and apparatus. In addition, we have become aware of, and may become aware of in the future, patent applications and issued patents that relate to our products and/or the surgical application of our issued patents and, in some cases, have obtained internal and/or external opinions of our counsel regarding the relevance of certain issued patents to our products. We do not believe that our products currently infringe any valid and enforceable claims of the issued patents that we have reviewed. However, if third-party patents or patent applications contain claims infringed by our technology and such claims are ultimately determined to be valid, we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain licenses to those patents at a reasonable cost, if at all, or be able to develop or obtain alternative technology. The inability to do either would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. We cannot assure you that we will not have to defend ourselves in court against allegations of infringement.

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how, which we seek to protect, in part, through confidentiality and proprietary information agreements. We require our employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us, is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. These agreements also generally provide that inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. We cannot assure you that employees will not breach the agreements, that we would have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors.

The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the medical device industry have employed intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. We cannot assure you that we will not become subject to patent infringement claims or litigation or interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark office (“USPTO”) to determine the priority of inventions.

15

In July 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Smith & Nephew alleging infringement of several of our patents. On May 12, 2003, the jury held that the use, manufacture and sale of the Dyonics Control RF System, the ElectroBlade and the Saphyre^™ electrosurgical devices by Smith & Nephew infringed all 16 asserted claims of the three patents in suit. In addition, the jury upheld the validity of all 16 asserted claims. On April 3, 2003, Smith & Nephew filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court, Western Tennessee alleging that we infringed two Smith & Nephew patents. In addition, Smith & Nephew alleged that we were in violation of Section 43(A) of the Lanham Act for allegedly making false or misleading statements to deceive potential purchasers of Smith & Nephew’s medical devices. On September 2, 2005, we settled both of these lawsuits and entered into Settlement and Supply Agreements with Smith & Nephew. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we will manufacture bipolar and certain monopolar radiofrequency (“RF”) arthroscopy products for worldwide sale by Smith & Nephew. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, we have been granted a license for the worldwide sale of its existing spine products and we have granted to Smith & Nephew a non-exclusive, worldwide license to use and sell bipolar RF products and a non-exclusive, worldwide license to manufacture and sell bipolar RF shave products. As part of the Settlement Agreement, we also will receive royalty payments for all bipolar RF products Smith & Nephew sells in the United States and for bipolar shaver products manufactured and sold by Smith & Nephew worldwide. In addition to product sales from the Supply Agreement and royalties from the Settlement Agreement, we received a one-time cash settlement payment at signing and will receive related milestone payments over the twelve months following execution of the agreements. Subject to certain exceptions, Smith & Nephew has agreed to purchase all of its requirements for the products manufactured under the Supply Agreement from us.

The defense and prosecution of these lawsuits and intellectual property suits generally, USPTO interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings are both costly and time-consuming. We believe that this lawsuit was necessary, and if others violate our proprietary rights, further litigation may be necessary to enforce our patents, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Any litigation or interference proceedings will be costly and cause significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination in existing litigation, additional litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require disputed rights to be licensed from third parties or require us to cease using certain technology. Furthermore, we cannot be sure that we could obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. Adverse determinations in judicial or administrative proceedings or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects.

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the United States, health care providers, such as hospitals and physicians, that purchase medical devices, such as our products, generally rely on third-party payors, principally federal Medicare, state Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to reimburse all or part of the cost of the procedure in which the medical device is being used. Reimbursement for arthroscopic, ENT surgery, spinal and neurosurgery, gynecology, urology and general surgery and cardiac surgery procedures performed using devices that have received FDA clearance has generally been available in the United States. Generally, cosmetic procedures are not reimbursed. In addition, some health care providers are moving toward a managed care system in which providers contract to provide comprehensive health care for a fixed cost per person. Managed care providers are attempting to control the cost of health care by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures.

Nucleoplasty is our version of percutaneous discectomy. It involves the use of an ArthroCare Spine surgical device to remove a portion of the nucleus in order to decompress the disc. Several payors consider percutaneous discectomy in any form investigational, and others cover percutaneous discectomy, but consider Nucleoplasty investigational. Currently, major insurance carriers, such as United, Aetna, and the vast majority of Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans, do not cover Nucleoplasty. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain coverage with these payors for percutaneous discectomy in general, and Nucleoplasty in particular.

16

Government Regulation

United States

Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the United States. We must obtain pre-market clearance or approval by the FDA for each of our products and indications before they can be commercialized.

FDA regulations are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:

• Product design and development;

• Product testing;

• Product labeling;

• Product storage;

• Premarket clearance or approval;

• Advertising and promotion; and

• Product sales and distribution.

Non-compliance with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action, which may include:

• Warning letters;

• Fines, injunctions and civil penalties against us;

• Recall or seizure of our products;

• Operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of our production;

• Refusing our requests for premarket clearance or approval of new products;

• Withdrawing product approvals already granted; and

• Criminal prosecution.

Unless an exemption applies, generally, before we can introduce a new medical device into the United States market, we must obtain FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. If we can establish that our device is “substantially equivalent” to a “predicate device,” i.e., a legally marketed Class I or Class II device or a preamendment Class III device (i.e., a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976) for which the FDA has not called for PMAs, we may seek clearance from the FDA to market the device by submitting a 510(k) premarket notification. The 510(k) premarket notification must be supported by appropriate data, including, in some cases, clinical data establishing the claim of substantial equivalence to the satisfaction of the FDA.

We have received 510(k) clearance to market our Arthroscopic System for surgery of the knee, shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, and ankle joints. We have received clearance to market our Spinal Surgery System in the United States for spinal and neurosurgery as well as the treatment of symptomatic patients with contained herniated discs. We have received 510(k) clearance to market our ENT Surgery System in general head, neck and sinus surgical procedures, as well as treatment of snoring, turbinate reduction, submucosal palatal and tissue shrinkage procedures and tonsillectomies. In addition, we have received 510(k) clearance to market our Cosmetic Surgery System in general dermatology and for skin resurfacing for the treatment of wrinkles. We have received 510(k) clearance to market our Coblation-based products for a variety of laporscopic and open general surgery and gynecology procedures. We have received 510(k) clearance to market our Coblation-based urology products for endoscopic urological procedures, including transurethral prostatectomy (TURP) and transurethral incisions in the prostate (TUIP). We cannot assure you we will be able to obtain necessary clearances or approvals to market any other products, or existing products for new intended uses, on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt or failure to receive clearances or approvals, the loss of previously received clearances or approvals, or

17

failure to comply with existing or future regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in the intended use of the device, technology, materials, packaging, and certain manufacturing process may require a new 510(k) clearance and the FDA may retroactively require the manufacturer to submit a premarket notification requesting 510(k) clearance. The FDA also can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance is obtained. FDA guidance documents define when to submit premarket notifications for new or modified devices. These guidance documents also define modifications for which a new 510(k) is not required. We have modified some of our marketed devices, and have determined that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances are not required. When a 510(k) clearance has been required, premarket notifications have been submitted to the FDA documenting the specific device modifications. No assurance can be given that the FDA would agree with any of our decisions not to seek 510(k) clearance. If the FDA requires us to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If we cannot establish that a proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, we must seek premarket approval through submission of a PMA application. A PMA application must be supported by extensive data, including, in many instances, preclinical and clinical trial data, as well as extensive literature to prove the safety and effectiveness of the device. If necessary, we will file a PMA application for approval to sell our potential products. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain PMA approvals on a timely basis, if at all, and delays in receipt or failure to receive approvals, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

We are also required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR. The QSR incorporates the requirements of Good Manufacturing Practice and relates to product design, testing, and manufacturing quality assurance, as well as the maintenance of records and documentation. The FDA enforces the QSR through inspections. We cannot assure you that we or our key component suppliers are or will continue to be in compliance, will not encounter any manufacturing difficulties, or that we or any of our subcontractors or key component suppliers will be able to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements. Failure to do so will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

We may not promote or advertise our products for uses not within the scope of our clearances or approvals or make unsupported safety and effectiveness claims. These determinations can be subjective. We cannot assure you that the FDA would agree that all of our promotional claims are permissible or that the FDA will not require us to revise our promotional claims or take enforcement action against us based upon our labeling and promotional materials.

International

International sales of our products are subject to strict regulatory requirements. The regulatory review process varies from country to country. We have obtained regulatory clearance to market our Arthroscopic System in Europe, Japan, Australia, Taiwan, Korea, Canada, China, Israel, the Middle East, South America and Mexico; to market our spinal surgery products in Europe, Canada, Japan, South America, Australia, Korea, Mexico, the Middle East and Taiwan; to market our ENT surgery products in Europe, Australia, Canada, China, Israel, Japan, Middle East, Korea Taiwan, Australia and South America; to market our cosmetic surgery products in Europe, Australia, Canada, the Middle East, Korea, South America and Israel; to market our general surgery products in Europe, Canada, the Middle East, Korea, South America, and Taiwan; and to market neurosurgery products in Europe, Australia, South America and Japan, but we have not obtained any other international regulatory approvals in other international markets. We cannot assure you that we will obtain such clearances and approvals on a timely basis, or at all.

18

For European distribution, we have received ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certification and the EC Certificate pursuant to the European Union Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC, allowing us to CE mark our products after assembling appropriate documentation. ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certification standards for quality operations have been developed to ensure that companies know the standards of quality on a worldwide basis. Failure to maintain the CE Mark will preclude us from selling our products in Europe. For Canadian distribution, we have received CMDCAS certification allowing us to market our products in Canada. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining certification requirements.

Product Liability Risk and Insurance Coverage

The development, manufacture and sale of medical products entail significant risk of product liability claims. Our current product liability insurance coverage limits are $10,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate. We cannot assure you that such coverage limits are adequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur in connection with the development, manufacture and sale of our products. In addition, we may require increased product liability coverage as products are successfully commercialized in additional applications. Product liability insurance is expensive and in the future may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005, in North America, we had 763 employees, of which 471 were engaged in manufacturing activities, 84 in research and development activities, 152 in sales and marketing activities, 22 in regulatory affairs and quality assurance and 34 in administration and finance. In Europe, we have 120 employees in sales, marketing, product development, customer service, manufacturing and administration who are responsible for our international business. In Costa Rica, we have 441 employees engaged in manufacturing. We have no employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe we maintain good relations with our employees.

We are dependent upon a number of key management and technical personnel. The loss of the services of one or more key employees or consultants could have a material adverse effect on us. Our success also depends on our ability to attract and retain additional highly qualified management and technical personnel. We face intense competition for qualified personnel, any of whom often receive competing employment offers. We cannot assure you that we will continue to be able to attract and retain such personnel. Furthermore, our scientific advisory board members are all otherwise employed on a full-time basis. As a result, our scientific advisory board members are not available to devote their full time or attention to our affairs.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

We operate in a dynamic and rapidly changing industry that involves numerous risks and uncertainties. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect us. Other risks and uncertainties that we do not presently consider to be material or of which we are not presently aware, may become important factors that affect us in the future.

Circumstances Associated with Our Acquisition Strategy and Internal Growth May Adversely Affect Our Operating Results

An important element of our growth strategy has been the pursuit of acquisitions of other businesses that expand or complement our existing products. Integrating businesses, however, involves a number of special risks, including the possibility that management may be distracted from regular business concerns by the need to

19

integrate operations, unforeseen difficulties in integrating operations and systems, problems assimilating and retaining our employees or the employees of the acquired company, accounting issues that could arise in connection with, or as a result of, the acquisition of the acquired company, regulatory or compliance issues that could exist at an acquired company, challenges in retaining our customers or the customers of the acquired company following the acquisition and potential adverse short term effects on operating results through increased costs or otherwise. In addition, we will incur additional debt to fund future payments to Opus stockholders and ATI and, we may incur debt to finance future acquisitions and/or may issue securities in connection with future acquisitions which may dilute the holdings of our current and future stockholders.

In addition to the risks associated with acquisition-related growth, our business has grown in size and complexity over the past few years as a result of internal growth. This growth and increase in complexity have placed significant demands on management, systems, internal controls and financial and physical resources. To meet such demands, we intend to continue to invest in new technology, make other capital expenditures and, where appropriate, hire and/or train employees with expertise to handle these particular demands. If we are unable to successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner or if we fail to efficiently manage operations in a way that accommodates continued internal growth, our business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected.

In 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of ATI, a maker of wound care products for ear, nose and throat (ENT) indications. In 2004 and 2002, we acquired three companies representing three lines of business independent of our core Coblation platform: Atlantech and its mechanical handheld instruments; MDA and its line of Parallax bone cement and delivery systems; and Opus and its line of tissue suturing and anchoring products. Integration of these businesses has been a significant challenge to our existing resources. At times, these integration issues have restricted sales of one or more product lines as a host of systems, distribution, logistics and product supply issues have materialized. While we are diligently focused on successful integration, the newness of these technologies along with the dispersed nature of the product development and supply chain represents a risk to our business and availability of internal resources. If we are unsuccessful in integrating these businesses, or experience disruptions related to our integration efforts, then our financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We Face Intense Competition

The markets for our current products in our core businesses are intensely competitive. These markets include arthroscopy, spinal surgery and ENT surgery. We cannot assure you that other companies will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective than ours, or that would render our technology or products obsolete or uncompetitive in these markets.

In arthroscopy, we compete against companies, such as Johnson & Johnson, Smith & Nephew, Inc., Conmed Corporation, Stryker Corp., and Arthrex. Specifically, Johnson & Johnson, Smith & Nephew and Stryker are currently marketing bipolar electrosurgical systems for tissue ablation and shrinkage and Arthrex and Conmed are currently marketing monopolar electrosurgical systems for tissue ablation. Arthrex, Smith & Nephew, Conmed, and DePuy-Mitek market products that directly compete with shoulder anchors, acquired as part of our Opus acquisition. In spinal surgery, we compete against companies that market products to remove tissue and treat spinal disorders. We compete against Stryker, which markets the Dekompressor device, which uses a mechanical auger to perform percutaneous discectomy. In addition, the Oratec division of Smith & Nephew, and the Radionics division of Tyco, are currently marketing percutaneous thermal heating products for treating certain types of disc pain. Our Coblation-assisted microdiscectomy (CAM) procedure competes indirectly with large spine companies and their mechanical instruments, such as DePuy Acromed, Medtronic Sofamor Danek, Centerpulse Spine Tech, Stryker Spine and Synthes. Stryker, Cardinal Health, Cook and Kyphon market products that compete directly with our Parallax product line. In ENT surgery, we compete against companies that offer manual instruments, such as Smith & Nephew, Inc., Stryker Corp., Conmed Corporation, and Xomed Surgical Products Inc., which was acquired by Medtronic, Inc. In addition, we compete

20

with companies that develop and market lasers for various ENT surgery applications, including Lumenis. Smaller companies, including Somnus Medical Technologies Inc. (purchased by Gyrus Group International, Inc., a company based in Cardiff, Wales), also sell medical devices for the treatment of various ENT disorders, including snoring and obstructive sleep apnea. In addition, Gyrus has recently introduced a bipolar system for tonsillectomy procedures that competes directly with our Coblation-based tonsillectomy products. Medtronic and Gyrus both market sinus surgery packing products that compete with our newly acquired ATI products.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources than we do. Some of these companies offer broad product lines that they may offer as a single package and frequently offer significant discounts as a competitive tactic. For example, in order to compete successfully, we anticipate that we may have to continue to offer substantial discounts on our controllers, place controllers at customers sites at no cost or in return for a minimum purchase commitment of our surgical wands in order to increase demand for our disposable devices, and that this competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. Furthermore, some of our competitors utilize purchasing contracts that link discounts on the purchase of one product to purchases of other products in their broad product lines. Many of the hospitals in the United States have purchasing contracts with our competitors. Accordingly, customers may be dissuaded from purchasing our products rather than the products of these competitors to the extent the purchase would cause them to lose discounts on products.

We May Not Be Able to Keep Pace with Technological Change or to Successfully Develop New Products with Wide Market Acceptance, Which Could Cause Us to Lose Business to Competitors

We may not be able to keep pace with technology or to develop viable new products, as we compete in a market characterized by rapidly changing technology. Our future financial performance will depend in part on our ability to develop and manufacture new products in a cost-effective manner, to introduce them to the market on a timely basis, and to achieve market acceptance. Factors which may result in delays of new product introductions or cancellation of our plans to manufacture and market new products include capital constraints, research and development delays or delays in acquiring regulatory approvals. Our new products and new product introductions may fail to achieve expected levels of market acceptance. Factors impacting the level of market acceptance include our ability to successfully implement new technologies, the timeliness of our product introductions, our product pricing strategies, and the financial and technological resources for product promotion and development available.

We Are Dependent Upon Our Arthroscopic System

We commercially introduced our Arthroscopic System in December 1995. Since our Arthroscopic System accounted for 60% of our product sales in 2005, we are highly dependent on its sales. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to manufacture arthroscopy products in commercial quantities at acceptable costs, or that we will be able to continue to market such products successfully.

To achieve increasing disposable device sales over time, we believe we must continue to penetrate the market in knee procedures, expand physicians’ education with respect to Coblation technology and continue working on new product development efforts specifically for knee applications. Furthermore, in order to maintain and increase current market penetration we must continue to increase our installed base of controllers to generate increased disposable device revenue. To date, we have placed at no charge or have priced our arthroscopic controllers at substantial discounts in order to stimulate demand for our disposable devices.

We believe that surgeons will not use our products unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and other factors, that these systems are an attractive alternative to conventional means of tissue ablation. There are only a few independently published clinical reports and limited long-term clinical follow-up to support the marketing efforts for our Arthroscopic System. We believe that if continued recommendations and endorsements by influential surgeons or long-term data do not support our current claims of efficacy, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

21

Commercial Success of Products Outside of Our Core Businesses Is Uncertain

We have developed several applications for our Coblation technology in spinal surgery, neurosurgery, ENT surgery, cosmetic surgery, gynecology, urology, cardiac surgery and general surgery. At the present time, we consider sports medicine, spine surgery and ENT surgery to be our core businesses. Sales of our spinal surgery and ENT surgery products collectively accounted for 32% and 34% of our product sales in 2005 and 2004, respectively, such that product sales in our three core businesses accounted for approximately 100% of our product sales in 2005. Our products for neurosurgery, cosmetic surgery, gynecology, urology, general surgery and cardiac surgery, our non-core business, are in various stages of commercialization and development, and we may be required to undertake time-consuming and costly commercialization, development and additional regulatory approval activities for any of these products. If we do not receive future clearances we may be unable to market these and other products for specific indications and our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. We cannot assure you that product development will ever be successfully completed, that regulatory clearances or approvals, if applied for, will be granted by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities on a timely basis, if at all, or that the products will ever achieve commercial acceptance.

We may have to make a significant investment in additional preclinical and clinical testing, regulatory, physician training and sales and marketing activities to further develop and commercialize our neurosurgery, gynecology, urology, cosmetic surgery, general surgery and cardiovascular product offerings. Although we believe that these products offer certain advantages, we cannot assure you that these advantages will be realized, or if realized, that these products will result in any meaningful benefits to physicians or patients.

Development and commercialization of our current and future non-core business products are subject to the risks of failure inherent in the development for new medical devices. These risks include the following:

• Such products may not be easy to use, may require extensive training or may not be cost-effective;

• New products may experience delays in testing or marketing;

• There may be unplanned expenditures or in expenditures above those anticipated by us;

• Such products may not be proven safe or effective;

• Third parties may develop and market superior or equivalent products;

• Such products may not receive necessary regulatory clearances or approvals; and

• Proprietary rights of third parties may preclude us and our collaborative partners from marketing such products.

In addition, the success of our non-core business products will depend on their adoption as alternatives to conventional means of tissue ablation. Clinical experience and follow-up data for our non-core business indications are limited, and we have sold only a small number of units to date. We believe that recommendations and endorsement of influential physicians are essential for market acceptance of such products.

For information regarding the status of our regulatory approvals for our products, see the information under the heading “Government Regulation”.

We Rely Exclusively on Our Costa Rica Facility to Manufacture Our High-Volume Coblation Products. If Our Costa Rica Facility is Unable to Produce Our Coblation Products in Sufficient Quantities or With Adequate Quality, or if Our Operations at Our Costa Rican Facility are Disrupted, We Will Be Forced to Find Alternative Manufacturing Options, Which Could Cause Sales to be Delayed or Increase Our Manufacturing Costs, Which Could Harm Our Reputation and Profitability

Our high-volume disposable devices and controllers are primarily manufactured at our Company-owned facility in an industrial park in San Jose, Costa Rica. This facility commenced operations in 2002 and by year-end 2005 was producing approximately 99% of our disposable device requirements, including as of

22

December 31, 2005, 100% of our requirements for controllers. If our Costa Rica facility is not able to produce sufficient quantities of our controllers and other high-volume Coblation products with adequate quality, or if our Costa Rica operations are disrupted for any reason, then we may be forced to locate alternative manufacturing facilities, including facilities operated by third parties. Disruptions may include, but are not limited to, changes in the legal and regulatory environment in Costa Rica; slowdowns or work stoppages within the Costa Rican customs authorities; acts of God and other issues associated with significant operations that are remote from our headquarters and operations centers. Locating alternative facilities would be time-consuming, would disrupt our production and cause shipment delays and could result in damage to our reputation and profitability. We cannot guarantee that alternative manufacturing facilities offering the cost and tax advantages associated with our Costa Rica facility would be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Our Business May Become Increasingly Susceptible to Risks Associated with International Operations

International operations are generally subject to a number of risks, including:

• protectionist laws and business practices that favor local competition;

• changes in jurisdictional tax laws including laws regulating intercompany transactions;

• dependence on local vendors;

• multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations;

• difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

• seasonality of operations;

• difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

• licenses, tariffs, and other trade barriers;

• loss of proprietary information due to piracy, misappropriation or weaker laws regarding intellectual property protection;

• foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

• political and economic instability; and

• acquisitions and related IPR&D.

We derived 21% and 25% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, from customers located outside of the Americas. We expect international revenue to remain a large percentage of total revenue and we believe that we must continue to expand our international sales activities to be successful. Historically, a majority of our international revenues and costs have been denominated in foreign currencies, and we expect future international revenues and costs will be denominated in foreign currencies. Our international sales growth will be limited if we are unable to establish appropriate foreign operations, expand international sales channel management and support organizations, hire additional personnel, develop relationships with international sales representatives, and establish relationships with additional distributors. In that case, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to successfully expand international operations, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain or increase international market demand for our products.

Our Operating Results May Fluctuate

We achieved profitability in 1999 and, as of December 31, 2005, we had retained earnings of $5.6 million. Results of operations may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to many factors, including the following:

• The introduction of new product lines;

• Increased penetration in existing applications;

23

• Product returns;

• Achievement of research and development milestones;

• The amount and timing of receipt and recognition of license fees;

• Manufacturing or supply disruptions;

• Internal systems availability and uptimes;

• Timing of expenditures;

• Absence of a backlog of orders;

• Receipt of necessary regulatory approvals;

• The level of market acceptance for our products;

• Acquisition related in-process research and development write-offs;

• Timing of the receipt of orders and product shipments; and

• Promotional programs for our products.

We cannot provide assurance that future quarterly fluctuations will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations of future growth prospects. Our revenues and profitability will be critically dependent on whether or not we can successfully continue to market our Coblation-based technology product lines and continue to integrate our recent acquisitions. We cannot assure investors that we will maintain or increase our revenues or level of profitability.

The Market Price of Our Stock May Be Highly Volatile

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 our common stock has traded in a price range of $25.62 to $42.18 per share. The market price of our common stock could continue to fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including:

• Quarterly fluctuations in results of our operations;

• Our ability to successfully commercialize our products;

• Announcements regarding results of regulatory approval filing, clinical studies or other testing, technological innovations or new products commercialized by us or our competitors;

• Developments concerning government regulations, proprietary rights or public concern as to the safety of our technology;

• The execution of new collaborative agreements and material changes in our relationships with our business partners;

• Market reaction to acquisitions and trends in sales, marketing, and research and development;

• Changes in coverage or earnings estimates by analysts;

• Sales of common stock by existing stockholders; and

• Economic and political conditions.

The market price for our common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet analysts’ expectations. Any failure to meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the market price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, the risk of securities class action litigation has increased. If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention

24

and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” for more information regarding fluctuations in the price of our common stock.

We May Be Unable to Effectively Protect Our Intellectual Property

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part on developing and maintaining the proprietary aspects of our Coblation technology and our acquired technologies. We believe that our issued patents are directed at the core technology used in our soft-tissue surgery systems, including both multi-electrode and single electrode configurations of our disposable devices, as well as the use of Coblation technology in specific surgical procedures. In addition, we believe that our issued patents are directed at many of the core features of our acquired technologies from Opus, Parallax, Atlantech and ATI.

There is no assurance that the patents we have obtained, or any patents we may obtain as a result of our pending U.S. or international patent applications, will provide any competitive advantages for our products. We also cannot assure investors that those patents will not be successfully challenged, invalidated or circumvented in the future. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that competitors, many of which have substantial resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, have not already applied for or obtained, or will not seek to apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products either in the United States or in international markets. Patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period after filing. We may not be aware of all of the patents and patent applications potentially adverse to our interests.

A number of medical device and other companies, universities and research institutions have filed patent applications or have issued patents relating to monopolar and/or bipolar electrosurgical methods and apparatus. We have received, and we may receive in the future, notifications of potential conflicts of existing patents, pending patent applications and challenges to the validity of existing patents. In addition, we have become aware of, potential conflicts of existing patents, pending patent applications and challenges to the validity of existing patents. In addition, we have become aware of, and may become aware of in the future, patent applications and issued patents that relate to our products and/or the surgical applications and issued patents and, in some cases, have obtained internal and/or external opinions of counsel regarding the relevance of certain issued patents to our products. We do not believe that our products currently infringe any valid and enforceable claims of the issued patents that we have reviewed. However, if third-party patents or patent applications contain claims infringed by our technology and such claims are ultimately determined to be valid, we may not be able to obtain licenses to those patents at a reasonable cost, if at all, or be able to develop or obtain alternative technology. Our inability to do either would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We cannot assure investors that we will not have to defend ourselves in court against allegations of infringement of third-party patents, or that such defense would be successful.

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how, which we seek to protect, in part, through confidentiality and proprietary information agreements. We require our key employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information, developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us, is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. These agreements also generally provide that inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. We cannot assure investors that employees will not breach such agreements, that we would have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors.

We May Become Subject to Patent Litigation

The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the medical device industry have employed intellectual property

25

litigation to gain a competitive advantage. We cannot assure investors that we will not become subject to patent infringement claims or litigation or interference proceedings declared by the USPTO, to determine the priority of inventions. In February 1998, we filed a lawsuit against Ethicon, Inc., Mitek Surgical Products, a division of Ethicon, Inc., and GyneCare, Inc. alleging, among other things, infringement of several of our patents. The parties subsequently settled this lawsuit. Under the terms of the settlement, Ethicon, Inc. has licensed a portion of our U.S. patents for current products in the arthroscopy and hysterocopic gynecology markets. The settlement agreement also established a procedure for resolution of certain potential intellectual property disputes in these two markets without litigation. Under this procedure, the licenses granted in the Ethicon settlement have been extended to Australia, Canada and Japan. In June 2000, we filed a lawsuit against Stryker, alleging infringement of several of our patents. The lawsuit has been settled and under the terms of the settlement, Stryker has licensed a portion of our worldwide patents for products in the arthroscopy market.

On July 25, 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Smith & Nephew, Inc. (“Smith & Nephew” or “Defendant”) in the United States District Court of Delaware. The lawsuit alleged, among other things, that Smith & Nephew was infringing three patents issued to ArthroCare. Specifically, Smith & Nephew uses, imports, markets and sells electrosurgical products under the names of Dyonics Control RF System, ElectroBlade and Saphyre^™ that infringed these patents.

On April 3, 2003, Smith & Nephew filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court, Western Tennessee alleging that we infringed two Smith & Nephew patents—nos. 5,980,504 and 6,261,311. In addition, Smith & Nephew alleged that we were in violation of Section 43(A) of the Lanham Act for allegedly making false or misleading statements to deceive potential purchasers of Smith & Nephew’s medical devices. Smith & Nephew requested the Court to issue preliminary and permanent injunction preventing ArthroCare from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents and from making further false or misleading statements concerning Smith & Nephew’s medical devices. These lawsuits were dismissed and the claims settled pursuant to a Settlement and License Agreement between ArthroCare and Smith & Nephew on September 2, 2005. As a consequence of this settlement, we received a one-time cash payment at signing, which has been recorded as a reduction of legal fees in general and administrative expenses, and will receive a series of related milestone payments over the next twelve months, which will also be record in general and administrative expenses. This agreement settles all legal disputes between ArthroCare and Smith & Nephew, including the pending legal matters in Delaware and Tennessee described above.

On December 15, 2005, Bonutti IP, LLC filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court, Southern District of Illinois alleging that our Opus AutoCuff anchoring system infringed ten Bonutti patents (Nos. 5,527,343; 5,543,012; 5,948,002; 6,010,525; 6,117,160; 6,464,713; 6,569,187; 6,638,279; 5,814,072 and 5,948,001). Bonutti requested the Court to award damages and to issue a permanent injunction preventing us from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents. Upon initial review, we believe that these claims have no merit and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously.

We Must Obtain Governmental Clearances or Approvals Before We Can Sell Our Products; We Must Continue to Comply with Applicable Laws and Regulations

Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the United States. We must obtain premarket clearance or approval by the FDA for each of our products and indications before they can be commercialized. International sales of our products are also subject to strict regulatory requirements. For more information about the U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements, see information under the heading “Government Regulation” above.

Information pertaining to our products and indications before they can be commercialized can be found under the heading “Government Regulations” in Item 1, above.

26

We Face Uncertainty Over Reimbursement

Failure by physicians, hospitals and other users of our products to obtain sufficient reimbursement from health care payers for procedures in which our products are used, or adverse changes in environmental and private third-party payers’ policies toward reimbursement for such procedures would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. Reimbursement for arthroscopic, spinal surgery, neurosurgery, ENT surgery, gynecology, urology, cardiology and general surgery procedures performed using our devices that have received FDA clearance has generally been available in the United States. Typically, cosmetic surgery procedures are not reimbursed.

We are unable to predict what changes will be made in the reimbursement methods used by third-party health care payors. In addition, some health care providers are moving toward a managed care system in which providers contract to provide comprehensive health care for a fixed cost per person. Managed care providers are attempting to control the cost of health care by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures. We anticipate that in a prospective payment system, such as the diagnosis related group system utilized by Medicare, and in many managed care systems used by private health care payers, the cost of our products will be incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure and that there will be no separate, additional reimbursement for our products.

If we obtain the necessary international regulatory approvals, market acceptance of our products in international markets would be dependent, in part, upon the availability of reimbursement within prevailing health care payment systems. Reimbursement and health care payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country and include both government-sponsored health care and private insurance. We intend to seek international reimbursement approvals, although we cannot assure investors that any such approvals will be obtained in a timely manner, if at all.

Nucleoplasty is our version of percutaneous discectomy, where tissue is removed from the nucleus to decompress the disc. Several payors consider percutaneous discectomy in any form investigational, and others cover percutaneous discectomy, but consider Nucleoplasty investigational. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain coverage with these payors for percutaneous discectomy in general, and Nucleoplasty specifically.

We Are Dependent on Key Suppliers

Some of the key components of our products are purchased from single vendors. If the supply of materials from a sole source supplier were interrupted, replacement or alternative sources might not be readily obtainable due to the regulatory requirements applicable to our manufacturing operations or the availability of certain product drawings and/or specifications. In addition, a new or supplemental filing with applicable regulatory authorities may require clearance prior to our marketing a product containing new material. This clearance process may take a substantial period of time and we cannot assure investors that we would be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approval for a new material to be used in our products on a timely basis, if at all. This could create supply disruptions that would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

In addition, we currently single source our product sterilization requirements. While there are alternate sources available, we would be required to qualify and validate a new supplier(s), which could lead to a disruption in our operation and ability to supply products for a period of time.

We are also dependent on the performance of DHL, our logistics partner. Should this supplier experience a work stoppage for whatever reason, we would be unable to supply products to its customers on a timely basis. This work stoppage could take the form of labor action, significant weather events or extended systems downtime, which could materially adversely affect our business.

27

We Have Limited Marketing and Sales Experience

We currently have limited experience in marketing and selling our products. To the extent that we have established or will enter into distribution arrangements for the sale of our products, we are and will be dependent upon the efforts of third parties. We are marketing and selling our arthroscopic surgery, spinal surgery and ENT surgery product lines in the United States through a combination of a direct sales force and a network of independent distributors supported by regional sales managers. These distributors sell arthroscopy, spinal surgery and ENT surgery products for a number of other manufacturers. We cannot provide assurance that these distributors will commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our sports medicine, spinal surgery and ENT surgery product lines, or that they will be successful in selling our products.

Delaware Law, Provisions in Our Charter and Our Stockholder Rights Plan Could Make the Acquisition of Our Company By Another Company More Difficult

Our stockholder rights plan and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of our company. This could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws allow us to issue preferred stock without any vote or further action by the stockholders, to eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting, to specify procedures for director nominations by stockholders and submission of other proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings, and to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors. Some provisions of Delaware law applicable to us could also delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, including Section 203, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years unless certain conditions are met. Our stockholder rights plan, the possible issuance of preferred stock, the procedures required for director nominations and stockholder proposals and Delaware law could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of ArthroCare, including without limitation, discouraging a proxy contest or making more difficult the acquisition of a substantial block of our common stock.

Beginning with Fiscal 2006, We are Required to Recognize Expense for Stock-Based Compensation Related to Employee Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchases, and the Recognition of This Expense Could Cause the Trading Price of Our Common Stock to Decline

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R (“Statement 123R”), pursuant to which we must measure all stock-based compensation awards, including grants of employee stock options, using a fair value method and record such expense in our consolidated financial statements. Through 2005, we disclosed such expenses on a pro forma basis in the notes to our annual financial statements, but did not record a charge for employee stock option expense in the reported financial statements. On January 1, 2006 we adopted Statement 123R, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based compensation based on estimated fair values. This will be reflected in our first quarter 2006 Form 10-Q and, as a result, our operating results for the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and beyond will contain a charge for stock-based compensation related to employee stock options and employee stock purchases. The application of Statement 123R requires the use of an option-pricing model to determine the fair value of share-based payment awards. This fair value determination is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and anticipated employee stock option exercise behaviors. As a result of applying this standard, our reported earnings will decrease, which may also affect the trading price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

28

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

We lease an approximately 9,600 square foot facility in Austin, Texas for general and administrative purposes. Our lease for this building will expire in June 2006.

We lease an approximately 52,000 square foot facility in Sunnyvale, California for administrative offices, research and development, general and administrative purposes and prototype manufacturing. Our lease for this building will expire in February 2014.

We also lease a 7,000 square foot warehouse in a neighboring building in Sunnyvale, California for warehousing and distribution. This lease expires at the end of 2006. Also in the United States, we lease approximately 2,000 square feet in Sanford, Florida, which is used to house and distribute trade show booths and other promotional materials. This lease also expires at the end of 2006. In addition, as a result of our acquisition of Opus Medical we lease a 10,000 square foot facility in San Juan Capistrano, California. This facility houses product development and prototype manufacturing capability associated with the Opus Medical product line. This lease expires at the end of 2006.

Internationally, we lease 4,100 square feet in Stockholm, Sweden, which serves as our headquarters for International Operations, approximately 750 square feet in Vesoul, France, 3,100 square feet in Harrogate, England and 1,400 square feet in Radevormwald, Germany, all for administrative, sales and marketing purposes. The Harrogate, U.K. facility also contributes to the product development process for a portion of our Sports Medicine product line. We also lease approximately 6,900 square feet in Glenfield, England, which houses the product development and manufacturing for the Rapid Rhino product set. Expiration dates related to these leases ranges from two to five years.

We also own a 22,500 square foot building in Costa Rica located in a tax-advantaged business park. This building serves as our principal manufacturing location for disposable devices. The company is currently in the process of constructing an additional 18,000 square feet of manufacturing space adjacent to this facility.

We believe these facilities are sufficient for our operations at least through 2006.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On July 25, 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Smith & Nephew, Inc. (“Smith & Nephew” or “Defendant”) in the United States District Court of Delaware. The lawsuit alleged, among other things, that Smith & Nephew was infringing three patents issued to ArthroCare. On April 3, 2003, Smith & Nephew filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court, Western Tennessee alleging that we infringed two Smith & Nephew patents—nos. 5,980,504 and 6,261,311. In addition, Smith & Nephew alleged that we were in violation of Section 43(A) of the Lanham Act for allegedly making false or misleading statements to deceive potential purchasers of Smith & Nephew’s medical devices. Smith & Nephew requested the Court to issue preliminary and permanent injunction preventing ArthroCare from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents and from making further false or misleading statements concerning Smith & Nephew’s medical devices.

On December 15, 2005, Bonutti IP, LLC filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court, Southern District of Illinois alleging that our Opus AutoCuff anchoring system infringed ten Bonutti patents (Nos. 5,527,343; 5,543,012; 5,948,002; 6,010,525; 6,117,160; 6,464,713; 6,569,187; 6,638,279; 5,814,072 and 5,948,001). Bonutti requested the Court to award damages and to issue a permanent injunction preventing us from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents. We have begun its initial review of these allegations. Upon initial review, we believe that these claims have no merit and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously.

From time to time, we are a defendant in certain lawsuits alleging product liability, patent infringement or other claims incurred in the ordinary course of business. These claims are generally covered by certain insurance policies, subject to certain deductible amounts and maximum policy limits. When there is no insurance coverage,

29

as would typically be the case primarily in lawsuits alleging patent infringement, we establish sufficient reserves to cover probable losses associated with such claims. Except as otherwise described above, we have product liability insurance coverage in amounts it considers necessary to prevent material losses. We recognize losses when they are known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Defending and prosecuting intellectual property suits, USPTO interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings is costly and time-consuming. Further litigation may be necessary to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary right of others. Any litigation or interference proceedings will be costly and will result in significant diversion of effort by technical and management personnel. An adverse determination in any of the litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to license disputed rights from third parties or require us to cease using such technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. Patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, and could include ongoing royalties. We cannot assure provide assurance that we can obtain any necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

30

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock trades publicly on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol ARTC. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our Common stock.

	2005
	Quarter 1		Quarter 2		Quarter 3		Quarter 4
High	$	32.20	$	35.18	$	40.98	$	42.18
Low		25.62		27.23		34.13		35.22
	2004
	Quarter 1		Quarter 2		Quarter 3		Quarter 4
High	$	27.30	$	29.35	$	29.94	$	33.11
Low		21.54		19.76		22.56		26.98

As of February 3, 2006, there were no outstanding shares of preferred stock and 284 holders of record of 25,256,912 shares of outstanding common stock. We have not paid any cash dividends since our inception and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2005 regarding the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under our existing equity compensation plans, including the Company’s 2003 Incentive Stock Plan, 1993 Incentive Stock Plan, 1995 Director Option Plan and 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)	Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	2,854,171	$	18.99	409,427	(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(2)	1,948,704	$	20.24	220,516
Total	4,802,875	$	19.50	629,943

(1) Includes 83,820 shares remaining available for future issuance under the Company’s 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(2) Consists of shares issuable under our Amended and Restated Non-statutory Option Plan, which does not require the approval of, and has not been approved by, our stockholders.

AMENDED AND RESTATED NONSTATUTORY OPTION PLAN

The Company’s Amended and Restated Nonstatutory Option Plan (the “NSO Plan”) provides for the grant of options to employees and consultants of the Company. The Board of Directors of the Company initially adopted the NSO Plan in May 1999. As of December 31, 2005, a total of 3,550,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the NSO Plan, options for 1,993,135 shares were outstanding under the NSO Plan, and 220,516 shares remained available for future grants. The NSO Plan is not required to be and has not been approved by the Company’s stockholders.

31

Options granted under the NSO Plan will be non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, may not be granted under the NSO Plan. The NSO Plan also authorizes the grant of stock purchase rights to our employees and consultants.

Eligibility; Administration.    The NSO Plan provides that awards may be granted to employees and consultants of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company. However, officers and directors of the Company are not eligible to receive awards under the NSO Plan. As of December 31, 2005, approximately 875 people were eligible to participate in the NSO Plan. The NSO Plan may be administered by the Board or Board Committees (the “Administrator”). The Administrator of the NSO Plan will have full power to select, from among the employees and consultants of the Company eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to any participant and to determine the specific terms of each grant, subject to the provisions of the NSO Plan. The interpretation and construction of any provision of the NSO Plan by the Administrator will be final and conclusive.

Exercise Price.    The exercise price of options granted under the NSO Plan is determined by the Administrator. Non-statutory options may be granted with a per share exercise price below the fair market value per share of the common stock at the time of grant.

Exercisability.    The Administrator has discretion in determining the vesting schedule for each option granted. Options granted to new optionees under the NSO Plan generally become exercisable starting one year after the date of grant with 25% of the shares covered thereby becoming exercisable at that time and with an additional 1/48 of the total number of options becoming exercisable at the beginning of each full month thereafter, with full vesting occurring on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option will be determined by the Administrator.

Exercisability Following Termination of Employment.    If an optionee’s employment or consulting relationship terminates for any reason (other than death or disability), then all options held by the optionee under the NSO Plan expire on the earlier of (1) the date set forth in his or her notice of grant, or (2) the expiration date of such option. In the absence of a specified time in the notice of grant, an option will remain exercisable for 90 days following an optionee’s termination (other than for death or disability). To the extent the option is exercisable at the time of the optionee’s termination, the optionee may exercise all or part of his or her option at any time before it expires.

Exercisability Following Disability.    If an optionee’s employment or consulting relationship terminates as a result of disability, then all options held by such optionee under the NSO Plan expire on the earlier of (1) 12 months from the date of such termination or (2) the expiration date of such option. The optionee (or the optionee’s estate or a person who has acquired the right to exercise the option by bequest or inheritance) may exercise all or part of the option at any time before such expiration to the extent that the option was exercisable at the time of such termination.

Exercisability Following Death.    In the event of an optionee’s death, the option may be exercised at any time within 12 months of the date of death (but no later than the expiration date of such option) by the optionee’s estate or a person who has acquired the right to exercise the option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the option was exercisable at the time of such death.

Stock Purchase Rights.    The NSO Plan permits the Company to grant rights to purchase common stock. After the Administrator determines that it will offer stock purchase rights under the NSO Plan, it will advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of shares that the offeree will be entitled to purchase, and the time within which the offeree must accept such offer. The Administrator will establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for each stock purchase right. The offer will be accepted by execution of a stock purchase agreement or a stock bonus agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

32

Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the stock purchase agreement or a stock bonus agreement will grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason. The purchase price for shares repurchased pursuant to the stock purchase agreement or a stock bonus agreement will be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option will lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

Transferability of Awards.    No award may be transferred by the holder other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution. Each award may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder only by such holder.

Adjustments Upon Changes in Common Stock.    If any change is made in the common stock subject to the NSO Plan, without receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or otherwise), the number of shares reserved for issuance under the NSO Plan and awards outstanding thereunder and the class, number of shares and price per share of common stock subject to outstanding awards will be appropriately adjusted. The conversion of convertible securities of the Company will not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”

In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each outstanding award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. The Administrator may provide that the vesting of outstanding awards will be accelerated and such awards will be fully exercisable prior to such transaction.

In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, then outstanding options will be assumed or substituted for by the acquiring company or one of its affiliates. In the absence of or in lieu of any such assumption or substitution, the Administrator may provide that the vesting of outstanding awards will be accelerated and such awards will be fully exercisable for a period of at least 15 days prior to such transaction. Awards that are not assumed or substituted for and accelerated options not exercised before the closing of such a transaction will terminate automatically at the closing of the transaction.

Amendment and Termination of the NSO Plan.    The Board may amend or terminate the NSO Plan at any time. However, no action by the Board may alter or impair any option previously granted under the NSO Plan. The Administrator may accelerate any option or waive and condition or restriction pertaining to such option at any time. Any options outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination will remain outstanding until they expire by their terms.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF NSO PLAN

Non-Statutory Stock Options.    An optionee does not recognize any taxable income at the time he or she is granted a non-statutory stock option. Upon exercise, the optionee recognizes taxable income generally measured by the excess of the current fair market value of the shares over the exercise price. Any taxable income recognized in connection with an option exercise by an employee of the Company is subject to tax withholding by the Company. The Company is generally entitled to a deduction in the same amount as the ordinary income recognized by the optionee. Upon a disposition of such shares by the optionee, any difference between the sale price and the optionee’s exercise price, to the extent not recognized as taxable income as provided above, is treated as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on the holding period.

Stock Purchase Rights.    For federal income tax purposes, if an individual is granted a stock purchase right, the recipient generally will recognize taxable ordinary income equal to the excess of the common stock’s fair market value over the purchase price, if any. However, to the extent the common stock is subject to certain types of restrictions, such as a repurchase right in favor of the Company, the taxable event will be delayed until the

33

vesting restrictions lapse unless the recipient makes a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the recipient makes a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to restricted stock, the recipient generally will recognize ordinary income at the date of acquisition of the restricted stock in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the fair market value of the shares at that date over the purchase price for the restricted stock. If, however, a valid Section 83(b) election is not made by the recipient, the recipient will generally recognize ordinary income when the restrictions on the shares of restricted stock lapse, in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares at the date such restrictions lapse over the purchase price for the restricted stock. With respect to employees, the Company is generally required to withhold from regular wages or supplemental wage payments an amount based on the ordinary income recognized. Generally, the Company will be entitled to a business expense deduction equal to the taxable ordinary income realized by the recipient. Upon disposition of the common stock, the recipient will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for such common stock, if any, plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon acquisition (or the lapse of restrictions) of the common stock. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending on how long the common stock was held.

The foregoing is only a summary of the effect of federal income taxation upon optionees, holders of restricted stock awards or stock bonus awards and the Company with respect to the grant and exercise of awards under the NSO Plan. It does not purport to be complete, and does not discuss the tax consequences of the employee’s or consultant’s death or the provisions of the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which the employee or consultant may reside.

34

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this report. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected in the future. Net income for 2005 and net loss for 2004 reflect significant charges related to acquisitions during the period, as described within Acquired in-process research and development costs in Item 7.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003		2002		2001
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data:
Product sales	$	206,533	$	147,830		$	114,719	$	84,965	$	70,300
Royalties, fees and other		7,801		6,318			4,134		3,822		8,075
Total revenues		214,334		154,148			118,853		88,787		78,375
Gross profit		150,128		103,048			80,912		55,378		50,684
Operating expenses		117,069		126,801			72,767		56,225		42,994
Net income (loss)		23,530		(26,189	)		7,456		1,132		10,060
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.97	$	(1.21	)	$	0.36	$	0.05	$	0.45
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.89	$	(1.21	)	$	0.34	$	0.05	$	0.43
	December 31,
	2005		2004			2003		2002		2001
	(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities (including long-term portion)	$	23,317	$	21,836		$	31,318	$	52,851	$	76,695
Working capital		98,841		80,912			67,670		72,939		98,642
Total assets		266,978		240,531			138,138		135,952		133,697
Long-term liabilities		4,092		34,290			155		161		53
Total stockholders’ equity(1)		228,894		175,252			120,648		118,163		125,093

(1) We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Statements in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K which express that we “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect” or “plan to” as well as other statements which are not historical fact, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. As such, actual events or results may differ materially as a result of the risks and uncertainties described herein and elsewhere including, but not limited to, those factors discussed in “Risk Factors” set forth in Part I of this Report as well as other risks and uncertainties in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

35

Overview

We are a medical device company that develops, manufactures and markets products based on our patented Coblation technology. Our products allow surgeons to operate with increased precision and accuracy, limiting damage to surrounding tissue thereby reducing pain and speeding recovery for the patient. Our products operate at lower temperatures than traditional electrosurgical or laser surgery tools and enable surgeons to ablate, shrink, sculpt, cut, or aspirate soft-tissue in surgery procedures with one multi-purpose surgical system.

We have organized our marketing and sales efforts based on product markets. These business units are comprised of the following: Sports Medicine (shoulder and knee arthroscopic products), ENT (to include ear, nose, throat and the Visage^® cosmetic products), ArthroCare Spine^™ (to include spinal and neurosurgery products) and Coblation Technology (to include gynecology, urology, laparoscopic, general surgical and cardiology products).

Coblation technology is applicable across many soft-tissue surgical markets. Our systems are used to perform many types of arthroscopic surgery. Our strategy includes applying our patented Coblation technology to a broad range of other soft-tissue markets, including spinal surgery, neurosurgery, cosmetic surgery, ENT surgery, general surgery, gynecology, urology and various cardiology applications.

In April 1998, we announced that we had entered the cosmetic surgery market and formed a business unit called Visage to commercialize Coblation technology in this field. In May 1998, we announced that we had entered the ear, nose and throat market and had formed a business unit called ENTec to commercialize Coblation technology in this field. In September 1999, we announced that we had entered the spinal surgery market. In February 2000, we announced that we were expanding our marketing efforts for our spinal surgery system to specifically address selected applications in neurosurgery. We are marketing and selling our spinal surgery products through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives supported by regional managers worldwide. In January 2004, we acquired MDA and its majority-owned subsidiary, Parallax, a business focused on the treatment of vertebral compression fractures. In November 2004, we acquired Opus Medical, a business focused on soft tissue to bone repair systems, including systems for the treatment of rotator cuff injuries.

We have received 510(k) clearance to market our Arthroscopic System for use in arthroscopic surgery of the knee, shoulder, ankle, elbow, wrist and hip, and our Arthroscopy System is CE marked for use in arthroscopic surgery. Our Spinal Surgery System is CE marked and we have received 510(k) clearance in the United States to market this system for spinal surgery and neurosurgery. Our ENT Surgery System has received 510(k) clearance in the United States and is CE marked for general head, neck and oral surgical procedures, including tonsillectomy, adenoidectomy, snoring and the treatment of hypertrophic nasal turbinate and submucosal tissue channeling and shrinkage. Our Cosmetic Surgery System is CE marked for general dermatology and skin resurfacing for the purpose of wrinkle reduction procedures and we have received 510(k) clearance for use of our Cosmetic Surgery System in general dermatology procedures and for skin resurfacing for the purpose of wrinkle reduction in the United States. We have received 510(k) clearance to market Coblation technology for general surgery, gynecology and urology.

In December 1995, we introduced our Arthroscopy System commercially in the United States and have derived a significant portion of our sales from this system. Our strategy includes placing controller units at substantial discounts or placing controllers at customer sites at no cost in order to generate future disposable product revenue. Our strategy also includes applying our patented Coblation technology to a range of other soft-tissue surgical markets, including the products we have introduced in the fields of spinal surgery, neurosurgery, gynecology, urology, cosmetic surgery, ENT surgery, cardiology and general surgery. We have received 510(k) clearance for use of our technology in several fields. We cannot be sure that any of our clinical studies in other fields will lead to 510(k) applications or that the applications will be cleared by the FDA on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, we cannot be sure that the products, if cleared for marketing, will ever achieve commercial acceptance.

36

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The most significant areas involving management judgments and estimates are described below and are impacted significantly by judgments, assumptions, and estimates used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize product and royalty revenue after shipment of our products to customers and fulfillment of any acceptance terms, and when no significant contractual obligations remain and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue is reported net of a provision for estimated product returns. Revenue related to collaborative research and development contracts is recognized as the related work is performed.

We recognize license fee and other revenue over the term of the associated agreement unless the fee is in exchange for products delivered or services performed that represent the culmination of a separate earnings process. Royalties are recognized as earned, generally based on the licensees’ product shipments. These items are classified as royalties, fees and other revenues on the accompanying statements of operations. Amounts billed to customers relating to shipping and handling costs have also been classified as royalties, fees and other revenues and related costs are classified as cost of product sales on the accompanying statements of operations. Additionally, we assess risks of loss on accounts receivable and make adjustments to our allowance for doubtful accounts based on our assessment. In estimating this allowance, we consider factors such as historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, the age of the receivable balance, both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from our estimates. We believe that the allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.4 million at December 31, 2005 is adequate to provide for probable losses associated with accounts receivable.

Inventory Allowance

Inventory purchases and commitments are based upon future demand forecasts. We record an allowance against our inventory value to the extent we believe that demand for certain inventory items has decreased or if certain inventory items have become obsolete. If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in demand for our products, or if there were a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, we could be required to increase our inventory allowances and our gross margins could be adversely affected.

Business Combinations

Accounting for our business acquisitions requires extensive accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price between net tangible assets, in-process research and development, other identifiable intangible assets, and goodwill. Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded under the purchase method of accounting at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.

We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement 142”), on January 1, 2002. In accordance with Statement 142, we replaced the ratable amortization of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets with a periodic review and analysis for possible impairment. We assess our goodwill for impairment on December 31 of each year and during an interim period if facts or circumstances would more likely than not suggest that the fair value of an identified reporting unit is below its carrying value. We currently have recorded goodwill related to our acquisitions of Atlantech, MDA and

37

Opus Medical. In response to changes in industry and market conditions, we may be required to strategically realign our resources and consider restructuring, disposing, or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of goodwill. Impairment is measured by the difference between the recorded value of goodwill and its implied fair value when the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its net book value. We have accumulated goodwill of $59.2 million and other intangible assets of $40.9 million as of December 31, 2005.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the estimated useful life of each asset. We monitor conditions related to these assets to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining amortization period. To date, we have not had an impairment associated with these intangible assets.

In connection with the Opus and ATI acquisitions, we made significant estimates of $36.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively, related to the valuation of purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D) projects. Our policy defines IPR&D as the value assigned to those projects which have no alternative future use, including those for which the related products have not reached technological feasibility or have not received regulatory approval. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D requires the Company to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D is determined by estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of acquisition, in accordance with accepted valuation methods, and includes consideration of the assessed risk of the project not being developed to a stage of commercial feasibility.

Contingencies

We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. In determining loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether such accrual estimates should be adjusted.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the liability method, whereby deferred tax asset or liability account balances are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using current tax laws and rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based employee compensation using the intrinsic value method of accounting. Under this method, employee stock-based compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant between the fair value of our stock and the exercise price of the award. We account for stock options issued to non-employees using the fair value method of accounting, which requires us to assign a value to the stock options issued based on the Black-Scholes pricing model and to record that value as a compensation expense over the period the award vests. If we were to account for stock options issued to employees using the fair value method of accounting rather than the intrinsic value method, our results of operations would be significantly affected. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the current application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation to our stock compensation program and for a discussion of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, (“Statement 123R”), which we will adopt beginning January 1, 2006, and which we expect to have a significant impact on our results of operations. A number of uncertainties, including our future stock-based compensation strategy, stock price volatility, estimated forfeitures, employee stock option exercise behavior, interest rate

38

fluctuations, and related tax implications affect our assessment of estimated compensation charges. We have selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the most appropriate fair-value estimation method for our awards and will recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over our awards’ vesting periods.

Results of Operations

	Year Ended December 31,
(Dollar amounts in thousands)	2005					2004					2003
Revenues:
Product sales	$	206,533		96	%	$	147,830		96	%	$	114,719	97	%
Royalties, fees and other		7,801		4	%		6,318		4	%		4,134	3	%
Total revenues		214,334		100	%		154,148		100	%		118,853	100	%
Cost of product sales		64,206		30	%		51,100		33	%		37,941	32	%
Gross profit		150,128		70	%		103,048		67	%		80,912	68	%
Operating expenses:
Research and development		21,015		10	%		13,346		9	%		10,642	9	%
Sales and marketing		75,302		35	%		58,087		38	%		46,100	39	%
General and administrative		12,202		6	%		16,310		10	%		14,845	12	%
Amortization of intangible assets		6,150		3	%		2,658		2	%		1,180	1	%
Acquired in-process research and development costs		2,400		1	%		36,400		23	%		—
Total operating expenses		117,069		55	%		126,801		82	%		72,767	61	%
Income (loss) from operations		33,059		15	%		(23,753	)	(15	%)		8,145	7	%
Interest and other income (expense), net		(2,336	)	(1	%)		824		0	%		2,357	2	%
Income (loss) before income taxes		30,723		14	%		(22,929	)	(15	%)		10,502	9	%
Income tax provision		7,193		3	%		3,260		2	%		3,046	3	%
Net income (loss)	$	23,530		11	%	$	(26,189	)	(17	%)	$	7,456	6	%

Revenues

Product Sales consist principally of sales of disposable devices. Product sales for fiscal 2005 were $206.5 million, compared to $147.8 million and $114.7 million in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively. Product sales by product market for the periods shown were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003
Sports Medicine	$	139,868	68	%	$	97,574	66	%	$	82,114	72	%
ENT		43,546	21	%		28,357	19	%		17,169	15	%
ArthroCare Spine		23,110	11	%		21,614	15	%		14,229	12	%
Coblation Technology		9	0	%		285	0	%		1,207	1	%
Total Product Sales	$	206,533	100	%	$	147,830	100	%	$	114,719	100	%

Product sales by market for the years presented were favorably affected by sales from our acquired product lines. Atlantech, MDA and Opus Medical product sales each contributed more than 3% of total product sales for the year. Product sales included $53.3 million, $23.3 million, and $11.7 million from these acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

39

Product sales by geography for the periods shown were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003
Americas	$	163,230	79	%	$	111,453	75	%	$	86,687	76	%
United Kingdom		11,656	6	%		11,053	8	%		8,476	7	%
Rest of World		31,647	15	%		25,324	17	%		19,556	17	%
Total Product Sales	$	206,533	100	%	$	147,830	100	%	$	114,719	100	%

Our sustained increase in direct sales presence has continued to have a positive effect on product sales since inception, as did the execution of our strategic plan to build market share through promotional programs of controller placements, commercialization of our technology in fields outside of arthroscopy, and the introduction of new products designed to address surgical procedures that have traditionally been difficult to perform. Additionally, our acquisitions of Atlantech, Parallax and Opus Medical product lines have continued to have a positive effect on sales growth.

We generally sell our disposable devices at or near list price, except for sales to international distributors and marketing partners, which are sold at discounted prices. We anticipate that disposable device sales will remain a key component of our product sales in the near future.

Based upon the estimated number of arthroscopic procedures performed each year, we believe that knee procedures represent the largest segment of the arthroscopic market, while shoulder procedures represent the fastest growing segment. To achieve increasing disposable device sales in arthroscopy over time, we believe we must continue to penetrate the market in knee procedures, expand physicians’ education with respect to Coblation technology, and continue to work on new product development efforts specifically for knee applications. We believe that, in our nine years of product shipments, we have penetrated 30% to 35% of the hospitals that perform arthroscopic procedures in the United States. We believe that approximately 45% of our arthroscopy product sales are being generated by the sale of disposables for use in knee procedures. We expect our sales to continue to be strong in 2006, as we continue to increase our presence in Europe and add the recently acquired MDA and Opus Medical product lines to our sales mix.

Royalties, fees, and other revenues consist mainly of revenue from the licensing of our products and technology. Royalties, fees, and other revenues increased to $7.8 million in 2005 from $6.3 million and $4.1 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively, as a result of increased sales of our products.

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of product sales consist of manufacturing costs, material costs, labor costs, manufacturing overhead, warranty and other direct product costs. Additionally, cost of product sales includes amortization of controller unit placements under a program whereby we maintain ownership of controller units shipped to customers, with the costs being capitalized and amortized into cost of product sales over the useful life of the controller unit. Amortization of controllers was $5.8 million in 2005, compared to $6.3 million and $5.0 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Controller amortization represented 2.8% of product sales in 2005. This is compared to 2004 and 2003, when controller amortization represented 4% of product sales in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease as a percent of cost of sales for 2005 compared to 2004 is driven by the slower growth in controller placements volume in conjunction with increased revenue reported for the period.

Cost of product sales was $64.2 million, or 30% of total revenues for 2005, compared to $51.1 million, or 33% of total revenues, in 2004 and $37.9 million, or 32% of total revenues, in 2003. Gross product margin as a percentage of product sales increased to 69% in 2005 from 65% in 2004 and 67% in 2003. The increase in gross margin percentage in 2005 compared to 2004 and favorable increase in cost of product sales year over year is due to lower manufacturing costs at our Costa Rica manufacturing facility. Controller manufacturing has been

40

principally conducted in Costa Rica during 2005, where we have benefited from lower labor rates as compared to the prior year. The decrease in gross margin percentage in 2004 compared to 2003 was a result of $1.4 million in charges relating to purchase price adjustments to inventory due to the MDA and Opus Medical acquisitions and start-up costs associated with our third-party logistics project.

The Company expects gross margin to increase slightly in the coming year as we have the benefit of a full year of Opus production in Costa Rica as well as improved margins from its most recent acquisition. Additionally, as the Company expands out of its core Coblation base, the controller amortization percentage of product revenue is also expected to decrease.

Operating Expenses

Research and development expense increased in 2005 to $21.0 million, or 10% of total revenues, from $13.3 million, or 9% of total revenues, in 2004 and from $10.6 million, or 9% of total revenues, in 2003. The dollar increase in research and development expenses in 2005 compared to 2004 is due to a continued investment in our Coblation-based products and in the MDA product line and is primarily attributable to $5.5 million in increased compensation and related expenses due to additional headcount, $0.6 million in prototype development costs, $0.6 million in outside services, and $0.8 million in fixed charges, primarily depreciation and rent. The increase in research and development costs in 2004 as compared to 2003 is primarily due to continued investments in Coblation based products and in the MDA product line and is comprised of $1.2 million in increased compensation and related expense due to increased headcount and $0.6 million in increased prototype development costs.

We expect to increase the dollar amount of research and development expenses through continued expenditures on new product development, including for the newly acquired MDA and Opus Medical products, regulatory affairs, clinical studies and patents. Additionally, a portion of the expected increase in operating expenses in 2006 compared to 2005 is expected to be attributable to our January 1, 2006 adoption of Statement 123R. We expect these expenses as a percentage of product sales to remain essentially flat.

Sales and marketing expense increased in 2005 to $75.3 million, or 35% of total revenues, from $58.1 million, or 38% of total revenues, in 2004, and from $46.1 million, or 39% of total revenues, in 2003. The increase in absolute dollars for 2005 compared to 2004 related primarily to $10.3 million in increased sales commissions associated with increased sales volume, $5.6 million in additional compensation and related expenses associated with our increased direct sales force, and $1.1 million in increased accounts receivable reserves. Increased expenses in 2004 as compared to 2003 related primarily to $3.7 million in increased sales commissions associated with the increased sales volume, $4.5 million in additional compensation and related expenses associated with our increased direct sales force and $2.5 million in sales and marketing expenses associated with the MDA and Opus Medical acquisitions.

We anticipate that sales and marketing spending will continue to increase in absolute dollars as a result of the expansion of our distribution capabilities to address the spinal surgery and ear, nose and throat markets, higher dealer commissions from increased sales, the additional cost of penetrating international markets, higher promotional, demonstration and sample expenses, and additional investments in the sales, marketing and support staff necessary to commercialize and market future products. Further absolute dollar increases in sales and marketing expenses are expected to be driven by increased sales volumes from all product lines. Additionally, a portion of the expected increase in 2006 compared to periods in 2005 will be attributable to our January 1, 2006, adoption of Statement 123R.

General and administrative expense decreased to $12.2 million, or 6% of total revenues, from $16.3 million, or 10% of total revenues, in 2004, and from $14.8 million, or 12% of total revenues, in 2003. The decrease is primarily due to litigation settlement payments associated with the Smith & Nephew License and Settlement Agreement, which has been recorded as a reduction of legal fees, partially offset by $2.1 million of additional compensation and related expenses associated with increasing our headcount in our accounting and other

41

administrative functions. The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2004 as compared to 2003 is due primarily to a $2.7 million increase in outside services, principally related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, and $1.9 million in increased facilities and depreciation expense relating to the MDA and Opus Medical acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by reduced patent-related legal spending.

We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase slightly as a percentage of total revenues during 2006, due to one-time settlement charges that we expect to incur in 2006. Additionally, a portion of the expected increase in 2006 compared to periods in 2005 will be attributable to our January 1, 2006, adoption of Statement 123R.

Amortization of intangible assets increased to $6.2 million, or 3% of total revenues, in 2005, from $2.7 million, or 2% of total revenues, in 2004, and from $1.2 million, or 1% of total revenues, in 2003. The increase in 2005 compared to 2004 is attributable to amortization of intangible assets acquired in the ATI and Opus Medical acquisitions. The increase in amortization in 2004 as compared to 2003 relates to amortization of intangible assets acquired in the Opus Medical and MDA acquisitions. We expect that amortization of intangible assets will remain at current levels, due to our acquired assets.

Acquired in-process research and development costs (IPR&D), incurred in connection with the research and development efforts acquired in our acquisition of ATI during the quarter ended September 30, 2005, totaled $2.4 million. Prior to the acquisition, we did not have a comparable product under development. This expense related to technology for arresting bleeding that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. We expect all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the project will culminate in a product having commercial viability. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technology into a commercially viable product consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical testing necessary to obtain regulatory approvals, as well as packaging and shipping considerations. At December 31, 2005, the research and development of this product was completed and the product is ready for commercial launch to commence in the first quarter of 2006.

In connection with our acquisition of Opus Medical during the fourth quarter of 2004, we expensed $36.4 million of the purchase price for IPR&D for projects related to automated suturing technology applicable to sports medicine surgical procedures, as shown in the table below:

	(in thousands)
Acquired IPR&D      Project Type	Projected Cost to Complete		Estimated Completion Date	Value
Shoulder joint repairs	$	784	December 2005	$	11,000
Implantables		392	July 2006		25,000
Tendon repairs		392	December 2005		400
Total	$	1,568		$	36,400

These projects related to technology that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no future alternative use. The products involved novel implantable technology and devices for improving both the shoulder joint repair and biceps tendon repair procedures. Included in the projected completion costs are expenses associated with final product testing, FDA clearances and the development of high quality, high yield manufacturing processes. Prior to the acquisition, we did not have a comparable product under development. At December 31, 2005, approximately 75% of the projected $1.6 million of research costs had been incurred and the remainder is expected to be incurred in the first half of 2006.

At the time of the acquisitions noted above, we expected all acquired IPR&D to reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals.

42

The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, and patent litigation. If commercial viability were not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net was a net expense of $2.3 million in 2005 compared to income of $0.8 million in 2004 and $2.4 million in 2003. Of the $3.1 million increase in net interest and other expense, approximately $0.4 million is associated with interest on debt incurred due to our acquisitions of MDA and Opus Medical. The remaining net expense increase of $2.7 million is attributed to foreign exchange losses incurred in 2005, whereas we had foreign exchange gains in the same period of 2004. The decrease in interest and other income in 2004 was due to lower cash balances and higher debt incurred due to our acquisitions of MDA and Opus Medical. We anticipate interest and other income to increase in the future due to anticipated borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Income Tax Provision

The provision for income taxes was $7.2 million for 2005, compared to $3.3 million for 2004 and $3.0 million for 2003. The effective tax rate for 2005 was 23% compared to 14% in 2004; however, excluding the Opus Medical in-process research and development charge in 2004, the effective rate was 24%. This compared to an effective rate of 29% in 2003. The improvement in the effective tax rate from 2003 to 2005 is primarily due to the continued expansion of business activities in our Costa Rica operations and to tax credits for research and development activities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2005, we had $98.8 million in working capital, compared to $80.9 million at December 31, 2004. Our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $23.3 million in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments at December 31, 2005. Cash equivalents are highly liquid with original maturities of ninety days or less. Our short-term investments consist primarily of tax-exempt municipal bonds.

Cash generated by operating activities for 2005 was $37.1 million, primarily attributable to net income adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories precipitated by our increased sales volume and operating activities. Cash generated by operating activities in 2004 was $17.2 million, mainly attributable to net income, excluding certain charges for non-cash items of $55.9 million, partially offset by an increased investment in inventory, necessary for our increased sales volume, and a buildup of accounts receivable and other assets, also precipitated by our increased sales volume and operating activity. Cash generated by operating activities was $2.4 million in 2003, mainly attributable to net income, adjusted for non-cash items, of $18.1 million, partially offset by an increased investment in inventory, necessary for our increased sales volume, and a buildup of accounts receivable and other assets, also precipitated by our increased sales volume and operating activity.

Accounts receivable, net of allowances, increased to $47.1 million at December 31, 2005 from $34.0 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in accounts receivable in 2005 was due to the significant increase in sales. Accounts receivable, net of allowances, increased to $34.0 million at December 31, 2004 from $24.1 million at December 31, 2003. The increase in accounts receivable in 2004 was due to the significant increase in sales, slightly offset by an improvement in average collection times. In addition, in connection with a review of outstanding U.S. accounts receivable, we wrote-off old credits of approximately $0.6 million in 2004.

Inventories increased to $47.8 million at December 31, 2005 from $40.5 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in inventory was in order to support anticipated increasing product sales activity. We expect slight

43

increases in current inventory levels as our sales increase. Inventories increased to $40.5 million at December 31, 2004 from $33.1 million at December 31, 2003. The increase in inventory was in order to support anticipated increasing product sales activity. Additionally, approximately $4.0 million of the increase related to our acquisition of Opus. We expect future inventory levels to increase in absolute dollar value in order to support sales volume increases, to provide safety stock and support our expansion into additional markets.

Cash used in investing activities was $16.4 million in 2005 due to the $10.0 million payment made for the purchase of ATI’s assets in August 2005, accompanied by $9.6 million associated with the capitalization of controllers and $3.7 million in fixed asset investments, offset by net sales of $7.4 million in available for sale securities. Cash used in investing activities was $70.1 million in 2004, as compared to $15.0 million in 2003, due mainly to the purchases of MDA and Opus Medical of $56.1 million in addition to $15.0 million in investments in fixed assets, offset by net sales of available for sales securities of $1.0 million. Investments in property and equipment increased to $15.0 million for 2004, as compared to $13.8 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to the capitalization of controllers placed with customers, in addition to normal purchases of equipment.

Cash used in financing activities was $11.2 million for 2005, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $43.8 million in 2004, due primarily to loan repayments, partially offset by stock option exercises. The increase in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options and warrants from 2005 is primarily driven by our higher stock prices in 2005, which led to increased exercises of options and warrants. Cash provided by financing activities was $43.8 million for 2004, compared to cash used in financing activities of $7.4 million in 2003, primarily due to loans taken out to finance our acquisitions. The increase in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options and warrants from 2003 is primarily driven by our higher stock prices in 2004, which led to increased exercises of options and warrants.

The fair value of our investments in marketable securities at December 31, 2005 was $2.6 million. Investments with maturities beyond one year may be classified as short-term based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. Our investment policy is to manage our investment portfolio to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing the return on the investment portfolio through the full investment of available funds.

In October 2004, in anticipation of the acquisition of Opus Medical, the Company amended and restated its existing credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-lenders. Under the terms of the amended and restated credit facility, ArthroCare was able to borrow up to $20.0 million under a revolving line of credit and up to $30.0 million under a term commitment loan. The Company could borrow under either of these loans at the Bank of America prime rate plus 0.0% to 1.0% or at a Eurodollar rate. The increase over the base rate of either type of loan was determined by the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the amended and restated credit facility. The amended and restated credit facility contained covenants that specified minimum financial ratios and limited the Company’s ability to take on additional debt, or make significant future acquisitions or dispositions. Violation of certain of the covenants may have resulted in acceleration of its repayment obligation. In October 2005, the Company repaid all amounts currently outstanding, totaling $25.7 million, under its then existing credit facility. This credit facility was cancelled on January 13, 2006.

On January 13, 2006, the Company entered into a $100 million, five-year, secured revolving credit facility to fund earn-out payments associated with the Opus Medical acquisition and general corporate purposes. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

44

Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Our cash flows from operations are dependent on a number of factors, including fluctuations in our operating results, accounts receivable collections, inventory management, expensing of stock options, and the timing of tax and other payments. As a result, the impact of contractual obligations on our liquidity and capital resources in future periods should be analyzed in conjunction with such factors. The following table aggregates all material contractual obligations and commercial commitments that affect our financial condition and liquidity as of December 31, 2005:

	Payments Due by Period (in thousands)
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		After 5 Years
Operating lease obligations	$	8,946	$	2,240	$	3,093	$	1,676	$	1,937
Purchase commitments with suppliers(1)		6,859		2,459		4,400		—		—
Total	$	15,805	$	4,699	$	7,493	$	1,676	$	1,937

(1) Represents agreements to purchase products that are enforceable, legally binding and specify terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and the approximate timing of the payments.

In January 2006, we disbursed $35.0 million to the former Opus Medical shareholders in satisfaction of requirements outlined in the merger agreement and upon resolution of certain contingencies, utilizing the revolving credit facility finalized in early January. We anticipate that we will issue additional consideration in 2006 of approximately $21.3 million based on the finalization of certain contingencies in accordance with the merger agreement. A final payment of up to $5 million may be made in the fourth quarter of 2006 subject to the release of certain purchase contingencies. For the remaining payments in 2006, we anticipate using funds from the credit facility or issuing stock to satisfy these potential obligations.

We believe that the above-described credit and term facilities, in addition to cash generated from operations, as well as our existing cash balances and short-term investments, will be sufficient to fund our operations through fiscal year 2006 and in the near future. After 2006, excluding any acquisition-related activities, we plan to fund our operations through our operating cash flows. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors, including our success in commercializing our products, development and commercialization of products in fields other than arthroscopy, the ability of our suppliers to continue to meet our demands at current prices, obtaining and enforcing patents important to our business, the status of regulatory approvals and competition.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement 123R. Generally, Statement 123R requires companies to recognize as compensation expense in the statements of operations the fair value of share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and the right to purchase shares under an employee stock purchase plan. In January 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which provides supplemental implementation guidance for Statement 123R.

We are required to adopt Statement 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and are continuing to evaluate the impact of the standard on our operating results and financial condition. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under Statement 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. Statement 123R permits adoption using one of two methods: (1) a “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning on the effective date based on the requirements of Statement 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and based on Statement 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date that remain unvested on the effective date or (2) a “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method, but also permits entities to restate all

45

periods presented or prior interim periods of the year of adoption based on the amounts previously recognized under Statement 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures. We will adopt the standard using the modified prospective method beginning January 1, 2006.

We have selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the most appropriate fair-value estimation method for our awards and will recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over our awards’ vesting periods. As a result of the provisions of Statement 123R, we expect the compensation charges under Statement 123R to reduce diluted net income per share by approximately $0.15 to $0.20 per share for fiscal 2006. However, our assessment of the estimated compensation charges is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of uncertainties, including our future stock-based compensation strategy, stock price volatility, estimated forfeitures, employee stock option exercise behavior, and related tax implications. Additionally, FAS 123R requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce our operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in the period after adoption.

See Note 2 in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the pro forma net income (loss) and net income (loss) amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 as if we had used a fair-value-based method similar to the methods required under Statement 123R to measure compensation expense for employee stock incentive awards.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (FAS 154). APB Opinion No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. FAS 154 requires that the new accounting principle be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the earliest period for which retrospective application is practicable and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that period rather than being reported in the income statement. The statement is be effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We will adopt this Statement in fiscal year 2006 and do not expect it to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio.

We are subject to fluctuating interest rates that may impact, adversely or otherwise, our results of operations or cash flows for our cash and cash equivalents.

The table below presents principal amounts and related weighted average interest rates as of December 31, 2005 for our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (in thousands):

Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments	$	23,317
Average interest rate		5.0	%

Although payments under the operating leases for our facility are tied to market indices, we are not exposed to material interest rate risk associated with operating leases.

Borrowings under our amended and restated credit facility incur interest based on current market interest rates. To the extent that these rates fluctuate, our results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to borrow needed capital at a critical time, could be significantly affected. On October 5, 2005, the Company

46

disbursed cash in the amount of $25.7 million to repay its borrowings under its term commitment loan. The term commitment loan was cancelled in connection with the payment.

Foreign Currency Risk

A significant portion of our international sales and operating expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. In 2005, most of these currencies weakened against the U.S. Dollar. To the extent that these currencies continue to become stronger or become weaker against the U.S. Dollar, we will experience variations in our results of operations and financial condition.

Our cash and cash equivalents in 2005 are denominated primarily in U.S. Dollars and Euros. A 10% change in our December 31, 2005 Euro-denominated cash and cash equivalents balance would have an impact on pre-tax income of approximately $0.3 million.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Certain information required by this Item is included in Item 6 of Part II of this Report and is incorporated herein by reference. All other information required by this Item is included in Item 15 of this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005. Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, because of the material weakness described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2005. Despite the material weakness described below, we performed additional analysis and other post-closing procedures to ensure that the consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

47

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. As of December 31, 2005, we did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of the preparation and review of our intercompany account reconciliations. Specifically, we did not properly reconcile and review intercompany balances resulting from transactions with and between certain of our subsidiaries. This control deficiency resulted in an audit adjustment to the Company’s annual 2005 consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this control deficiency could result in a misstatement to certain of our accounts, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that this control deficiency constitutes a material weakness. Because of this material weakness, management (including our CEO and CFO) has concluded that, as of December 31, 2005, we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

Management has excluded the business acquired from Applied Therapeutics, Inc. (ATI) from its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 because ATI was acquired by us in a purchase business combination during 2005. ATI is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues each represented less than 3% of our consolidated total assets and consolidated total revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weakness

As we reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for 2004, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, which is described below.

At December 31, 2004, we did not maintain effective controls over the recording of certain foreign exchange transactions. Specifically, we did not perform adequate analysis and review of the accuracy of the recording of operating results of foreign subsidiaries whose accounting records are maintained in local currencies. This control deficiency resulted in the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2004 and June 30, 2004. Additionally, this control deficiency could result in a misstatement to the other income or related accounts that would result in a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

Throughout 2005, we implemented procedures designed to correct the material weakness noted above. Management developed a new quarterly process to remeasure the financial statements of affected foreign subsidiaries and controls to review the appropriate use of foreign currency exchange rates and the foreign currency accounts of affected subsidiaries and the reasonableness of those amounts. We have evaluated the design of these new procedures, placed them in operation for a sufficient period of time, and subjected them to

48

appropriate tests, in order to conclude that they are operating effectively. Also during 2005, we have expanded our accounting staff to efficiently and timely execute our new procedures. We have therefore concluded that the above referenced material weakness in internal control over financial reporting has been fully remediated as of December 31, 2005.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The aforementioned material weakness reported as of December 31, 2005 has resulted in a change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2005, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

We undertook significant efforts in 2005 to improve our internal control over financial reporting. We committed considerable resources to the design, implementation, documentation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting. Additional efforts were required to remediate the material weakness reported in 2004 and remediate other internal control deficiencies. Our management believes that these efforts have improved our internal control over financial reporting.

While these steps have helped to address the remediated material weakness that existed as of December 31, 2004 noted above, they have not been sufficient to remedy the material weakness reported as of December 31, 2005. We are taking the following steps to remediate this new material weakness:

• Completing account-by-account reconciliations and reviews of all intercompany accounts during 2006;

• Improving the interim and annual review and reconciliation process for certain key intercompany account balances; and

• Enhancing the training and education for our international finance and accounting personnel and new additions to the worldwide finance team.

We believe these steps will enable us to remediate the material weakness reported at December 31, 2005. As part of our 2006 assessment of internal control over financial reporting, our management will conduct sufficient testing and evaluation of these changes in internal control to ascertain that they operate effectively.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

49

PART III

ITEM 10.    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, or code of conduct, containing general guidelines for conducting our business consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. The code of conduct is designed to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated there under as well as under applicable rules of the NASDAQ National Market to become effective in May 2004. Our code of conduct is available on the Investor Relations section of our website (www.arthrocare.com), which is on the Corporate Information section of our website. To the extent required by law or the rules of the NASDAQ National Market, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code will be promptly disclosed publicly. To the extent permitted by such requirements, we intend to make such public disclosure by posting the relevant material on the Investor Relations section of our website in accordance with SEC rules.

All additional information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference into our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference into our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference into our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference into our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act in connection with our annual meeting of stockholders.

50

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report.

1. Financial Statements.    The following financial statements of the company and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this Report on the pages indicated.

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	57
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004	59
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003	60
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003	61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003	62
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements	63

2. Financial Statement Schedule.    The following financial statement schedule of the company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, is included in Part IV of this Report on the pages indicated. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, of the company.

Schedule	Title	Page
II	Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	84

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits (in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 3, 2004, by and among ArthroCare Corporation, Opus Medical, Inc., OC Merger Sub Corporation, OC Acquisition Sub LLC, and James W. Hart and Steven L. Gex, as the Shareholders’ Agents (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2004).
2.2	Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 6, 2004, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 3, 2004, by and among ArthroCare Corporation, Opus Medical, Inc., OC Merger Sub Corporation, OC Acquisition Sub LLC, and James W. Hart and Steven L. Gex, as the Shareholders’ Agents (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2004).
2.3	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2005, by and among ArthroCare Corporation, a Delaware corporation, ArthroCare (Deutschland) GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of Germany and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ArthroCare, ArthroCare UK, Ltd., a corporation registered in England & Wales and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ArthroCare, Applied Therapeutics, Inc., a Florida corporation, Applied Therapeutics, Ltd., a corporation registered in England & Wales, Applied Therapeutics GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of Germany and BHK Holding, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2005).
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2000).

51

3.2	Amended and Restated By laws of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 filed previously with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 3, 1998).
4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (Registration No. 000-27422)).
10.1*	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant and each of its directors and officers. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.2*	Incentive Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement there under. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.3*	Director Option Plan and form of Director Stock Option Agreement there under. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.4*	Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements there under. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.5	Form of Exclusive Distribution Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.6	Form of Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.7	Consulting Agreement dated May 10, 1993, between the Registrant and Philip E. Eggers, and amendment thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.8	Consulting Agreement dated May 20, 1993, between the Registrant and Eggers & Associates, Inc., and amendment thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.9	Lease Agreement, dated May 20, 1993, between the Registrant and Eggers & Associates, Inc., and amendment thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (registration No. 33-80453)).
10.10	Amended and Restated Stockholder Right Agreement dated October 16, 1995, between the Registrant and certain holders of the Registrant’s securities. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.11	Contribution Agreement, dated March 31, 1995, by and among Philip E. Eggers, Robert S. Garvie, Anthony J. Manlove, Hira V. Thapliyal and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-80453)).
10.12	Amended and Restated Stockholder Rights Agreement dated October 2, 1998, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 filed previously with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed October 21, 1998 (Registration No. 000-27422)).

52

10.13	Exclusive Distributor Agreement dated August 21, 1997, between the Registrant and Kobyashi Pharmaceutical Company, Ltd. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 filed previously with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 27, 1997).
10.14	License Agreement dated February 9, 1998, between the Registrant and Boston Scientific Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the period ended January 3, 1998).
10.15	Development and Supply Agreement dated February 9, 1998, between the Registrant and Boston Scientific Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual report on form 10-K for the period ended January 3, 1998).
10.16*	Change of Control Agreement between the Registrant and the CEO. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 1999).
10.17*	The form of “VP Continuity Agreement” between the Registrant and its Vice Presidents. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 1999).
10.18	Letter Agreement dated February 9, 1999 between the Registrant and Collagen Aesthetics. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 filed previously with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the period ended January 2, 1999).
10.19*	Employment Letter Agreement, between the Registrant and John R. Tighe dated January 26, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 filed previously with the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 3, 1999).
10.20*	Reserved.
10.21*	Employment Letter Agreement, between the Registrant and Bruce P. Prothro amended May 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 filed previously with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 3, 1999).
10.22†	Litigation Settlement Agreement, between the Registrant and ETHICON Inc. dated June 24, 1999 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 3, 1999).
10.23	Relocation Loan Agreement, between the Registrant and John. R. Tighe dated May 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 3, 1999).
10.24	Line of Credit Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank dated June 11, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 3, 1999).
10.25†	Amendment to License Agreement between ArthroCare Corporation and Inamed Corporation dated October 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 previously filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-87187)).
10.26	First Amendment to Rights Agreement between the ArthroCare Corporation and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the “Rights Agent”) dated March 10, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 previously filed with the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2000.)
10.27*	Nonstatuatory Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement there under. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 filed previously with this the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 1999).

53

10.28†	License Agreement between ArthroCare Corporation and Stryker Corporation, dated June 28, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 filed previously with this the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 1, 2000).
10.29*	Change of Control Agreement between the Registrant and Michael Baker, CEO, dated September 25, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 filed previously with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 29, 2001).
10.30*	Amendment to the 1993 Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 8, 2000).
10.31*	Amendment to the 1995 Director Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 8, 2000).
10.32††	Share Purchase Agreement relating to the entire issued share capital of Atlantech Medical Devices Limited and Atlantech Medical Devices (UK), Limited, dated October 21, 2002.
10.33*	Amended and Restated Nonstatutory Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on May 8, 2003).
10.34*	2003 Incentive Stock Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2003).
10.35*	Second Amendment to the 1995 Director Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2003).
10.36	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 23, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 5, 2004, by and among ArthroCare Corporation, Alpha Merger Sub Corporation and Medical Device Alliance Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2004).
10.37	Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2004, by and among ArthroCare Corporation, Alpha Merger Sub Corporation, Medical Device Alliance Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Frank Bumstead (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2004).
10.38	Form of Stockholder Waiver Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2003, by each of Vegas Ventures, LLC, Jeffrey Barber and Howard Preissman (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2003).
10.39	Stockholder Waiver Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2003, by the McGhan Entities (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2003).
10.40††	Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated December 19, 2003.
10.41	Form of “Amendment to VP Continuity Agreement” between ArthroCare Corporation and its vice presidents (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2004).
10.42	Form of “Senior VP Continuity Agreement” between ArthroCare Corporation and its senior vice presidents (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2004).

54

10.43	Form of “Amendment to Senior VP Continuity Agreement” between ArthroCare Corporation and its senior vice presidents (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2004).
10.44	Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michael Baker dated January 1, 2003 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 26, 2004).
10.45††	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated October 15, 2004 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 26, 2004).
10.46	2004/2005 Executive Officer Bonus Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on February 22, 2005).
10.47	2005 Executive Officer Bonus Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005).
10.48	Form of Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005).
10.49	Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement under the Amended and Restated Director Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005).
10.50	Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Stock Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005).
10.51††	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated March 30, 2005.
10.52††	Settlement and License Agreement between the Registrant, ArthroCare Caymans, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Registrant and Smith & Nephew, Inc., dated September 2, 2005 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2005).
10.53††	Settlement and Distribution Agreement between the Registrant, ArthroCare Caymans, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Registrant and Smith & Nephew, Inc., dated September 2, 2005 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 3, 2005).
10.54*	2006 Executive Officer Bonus Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2006).
10.55*	2006 Director Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2006).
10.56	Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank National Association, and certain other lenders dated January 13, 2006.
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney (see Page 85).
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

55

31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

† Confidential treatment has been granted as to portions of this exhibit.

†† Confidential treatment has been requested as to portions of this exhibit.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

56

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ArthroCare Corporation:

We have completed integrated audits of ArthroCare Corporations’s 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, and an audit of its 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ArthroCare Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, we have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that ArthroCare Corporation did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, because the Company did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of the preparation and review of intercompany account reconciliations, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,

57

accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. As of December 31, 2005, the Company did not maintain effective controls over the completeness and accuracy of the preparation and review of intercompany account reconciliations. Specifically, the Company did not properly reconcile and review intercompany balances resulting from transactions with and between certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. This control deficiency resulted in an audit adjustment to the Company’s annual 2005 consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this control deficiency could result in a misstatement to certain of the Company’s accounts, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined that this control deficiency constitutes a material weakness. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2005 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the business acquired from Applied Therapeutics, Inc. (ATI) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 because ATI was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2005. We have also excluded ATI from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ATI is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues each represented less than 3% of the Company’s consolidated total assets and consolidated total revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that ArthroCare Corporation did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, ArthroCare Corporation has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Austin, Texas

March 24, 2006

58

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	December 31,
	2005			2004
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	20,717		$	11,836
Short-term investments		2,600			10,000
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,365 and $400 at 2005 and 2004, respectively		47,138			34,032
Inventories, net		47,834			40,484
Deferred tax assets		11,155			10,685
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,389			4,864
Total current assets		132,833			111,901
Property and equipment, net		32,604			29,396
Related party receivables		1,075			1,075
Intangible assets, net		40,901			39,959
Goodwill		59,170			57,859
Other assets		395			341
Total assets	$	266,978		$	240,531
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	12,332		$	9,517
Accrued liabilities		6,548			9,925
Accrued compensation		7,469			4,452
Accrued commissions		3,539			2,331
Income taxes payable		4,104			478
Current portion of loan payable		—			4,286
Total current liabilities		33,992			30,989
Loan payable, net of current portion		—			24,643
Deferred tax liabilities		4,092			9,493
Deferred rent		—			154
Total liabilities		38,084			65,279
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.001: Authorized: 5,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: none		—			—
Common stock, par value $0.001: Authorized: 75,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 25,255 shares at 2005 and 24,086 shares at 2004		25			24
Treasury stock: 2,704 shares in 2005 and 2004		(42,158	)		(42,158	)
Additional paid-in capital		269,170			238,355
Deferred compensation		(4,543	)		(2,477	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		770			(592	)
Retained earnings (deficit)		5,630			(17,900	)
Total stockholders’ equity		228,894			175,252
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	266,978		$	240,531

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Revenues:
Product sales	$	206,533		$	147,830		$	114,719
Royalties, fees and other		7,801			6,318			4,134
Total revenues		214,334			154,148			118,853
Cost of product sales		64,206			51,100			37,941
Gross profit		150,128			103,048			80,912
Operating expenses:
Research and development		21,015			13,346			10,642
Sales and marketing		75,302			58,087			46,100
General and administrative		12,202			16,310			14,845
Amortization of intangible assets		6,150			2,658			1,180
Acquired in-process research and development costs		2,400			36,400			—
Total operating expenses		117,069			126,801			72,767
Income (loss) from operations		33,059			(23,753	)		8,145
Interest income		631			379			518
Interest expense		(1,593	)		(930	)		(84	)
Foreign exchange gains (loss), net		(1,333	)		1,417			1,596
Other income (expense), net		(41	)		(42	)		326
Income (loss) before income taxes		30,723			(22,929	)		10,502
Income tax provision		7,193			3,260			3,046
Net income (loss)	$	23,530		$	(26,189	)	$	7,456
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.97		$	(1.21	)	$	0.36
Shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share		24,375			21,594			20,885
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.89		$	(1.21	)	$	0.34
Shares used in computing diluted income (loss) per share		26,407			21,594			21,942

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Common Stock Shares		Common Stock Amount			Treasury Stock Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital		Deferred Stock Compensation			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Total Stockholders’ Equity			Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Balances, December 31, 2002	21,172		$	21		$	(31,104	)	$	149,397	$	—		$	(984	)	$	833		$	118,163
Issuance of common stock through:
Exercise of warrants and options	387			1			—			3,007		—			—			—			3,008
Employee stock purchase plan	67			—			—			752		—			—			—			752
Issuance of restricted stock	126			—			—			1,138		(1,138	)		—			—			—
Stock compensation	—			—			—			392		187			—			—			579
Income tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options	—			—			—			1,597		—			—			—			1,597
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities	—			—			—			—		—			(194	)		—			(194	)	$	(194	)
Currency translation adjustment	—			—			—			—		—			342			—			342			342
Purchase of common stock	(727	)		(1	)		(11,054	)		—		—			—			—			(11,055	)
Net income	—			—			—			—		—			—			7,456			7,456			7,456
Balances, December 31, 2003	21,025			21			(42,158	)		156,283		(951	)		(836	)		8,289			120,648		$	7,604
Issuance of common stock through:
Exercise of options	1,009			1			—			14,266		—			—			—			14,267
Employee stock purchase plan	44			—			—			879		—			—			—			879
Issuance of restricted stock	71			—			—			2,123		(2,123	)		—			—			—
Purchase of Opus Medical	1,937			2			—			59,998		—			—			—			60,000
Stock compensation	—			—			—			176		597			—			—			773
Income tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options	—			—			—			4,630		—			—			—			4,630
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities	—			—			—			—		—			173			—			173		$	173
Currency translation adjustment	—			—			—			—		—			71			—			71			71
Net loss	—			—			—			—		—			—			(26,189	)		(26,189	)		(26,189	)
Balances, December 31, 2004	24,086			24			(42,158	)		238,355		(2,477	)		(592	)		(17,900	)		175,252		$	(25,945	)
Issuance of common stock through:
Exercise of options	1,020			1			—			16,459		—			—			—			16,460
Employee stock purchase plan	48			—			—			1,291		—			—			—			1,291
Issuance of restricted stock	101			—			—			3,392		(3,392	)		—			—			—
Stock compensation	—			—			—			90		1,326			—			—			1,416
Income tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options	—			—			—			9,583		—			—			—			9,583
Currency translation adjustment	—			—			—			—		—			1,362			—			1,362		$	1,362
Net income	—			—			—			—		—			—			23,530			23,530			23,530
Balances, December 31, 2005	25,255		$	25		$	(42,158	)	$	269,170	$	(4,543	)	$	770		$	5,630		$	228,894		$	24,892

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	23,530		$	(26,189	)	$	7,456
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Acquired in-process research and development projects		2,400			36,400			—
Depreciation and amortization		16,768			13,523			9,772
Loss on disposition of equipment		39			85			30
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable and product returns		1,111			586			—
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory		856			246			193
Non-cash stock compensation expense		1,416			773			579
Deferred taxes		(5,871	)		(1,966	)		1,423
Income tax benefit relating to employee stock options		9,583			4,630			1,597
Other		1,096			(334	)		41
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations:
Accounts receivable		(14,753	)		(7,624	)		(5,470	)
Inventories		(7,655	)		(2,627	)		(10,028	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,290			(1,166	)		(1,399	)
Other assets		28			175			(58	)
Accounts payable		3,397			(1,242	)		(1,350	)
Accrued liabilities		317			2,575			(390	)
Income taxes payable		3,626			(644	)		—
Net cash provided by operating activities		37,178			17,201			2,396
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(13,281	)		(14,956	)		(13,779	)
Payment for purchase of Opus Medical, net of cash acquired		—			(30,910	)		—
Payment for purchase of MDA, net of cash acquired		—			(25,183	)		—
Payment for purchase of ATI, net of cash acquired		(10,000	)		—			—
Payment for purchase of Atlantech, net of cash acquired		—			—			(630	)
Purchases of intangible assets		(521	)		—			(2,150	)
Purchases of available-for-sale securities		—			(60,932	)		(73,938	)
Sales or maturities of available-for-sale securities		7,400			61,866			75,514
Net cash used in investing activities		(16,402	)		(70,115	)		(14,983	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			(11,055	)
Repayment of loan from bank		(28,928	)		(16,071	)		(56	)
Proceeds from loan from bank		—			44,750			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs		1,291			879			752
Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock, net of issuance costs		16,460			14,267			3,008
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(11,177	)		43,825			(7,351	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(718	)		35			75
Net increase (decrease) changes in cash and cash equivalents		8,881			(9,054	)		(19,863	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		11,836			20,890			40,753
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	20,717		$	11,836		$	20,890

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—FORMATION AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

ArthroCare Corporation (“ArthroCare” or the “Company”) was incorporated on April 29, 1993 and its principal operations commenced in August 1995. The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets medical devices for use in soft-tissue surgery. Its products are based on the Company’s patented soft-tissue surgical controlled ablation technology, which it calls Coblation technology. Coblation technology involves an innovative use of a non-thermal process and has the capability of performing at temperatures lower than traditional electrosurgical tools. ArthroCare’s strategy includes applying Coblation technology to a broad range of soft-tissue surgical markets, including sports medicine, spinal surgery, neurosurgery, cosmetic surgery, ear, nose and throat (ENT) surgery, gynecology, urology, general surgery and various cardiology applications. It is a global company with manufacturing facilities in the United States and Costa Rica and sales offices in the United States and Europe.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation.    The Company uses the calendar year as its fiscal year.

Use of Estimates.    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of Consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ArthroCare and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds and various deposit accounts.

Short-term Investments.    Short-term investments consist of tax-exempt municipal bonds with readily determinable fair market values and original maturities in excess of three months. Investments with maturities beyond one year are classified as short-term based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. The Company’s investments are classified as “available-for-sale” and accordingly are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Unrealized losses are charged against income when a decline in the fair market value of an individual security is determined to be other than temporary. Realized gains and losses on investments are included in interest income and are determined on the specific identification method; however, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were no realized gains or losses.

From time to time, the Company may invest in variable rate demand notes that previously have been classified as cash equivalents. The Company had $10.0 million of these securities that were classified as cash equivalents at December 31, 2004. The Company has determined that it is appropriate to classify such securities as short-term investments. The Company has revised its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 and consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004 to reflect the gross purchases and sales of these securities as investing activities rather than as a component of cash and cash equivalents. This change increased net cash used in investing activities by $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This change in classification does not affect previously reported cash flows from operations or from financing activities, or net income (loss) for any period.

63

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Inventories.    The Company’s inventories, which include material and labor costs, are stated at standard cost, which approximates actual cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis, not in excess of market value. It records reserves, when necessary, to reduce the carrying value of excess or obsolete inventories to their net realizable value.

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment, including equipment under capital leases, is stated at cost and is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of three to five years and 30 years for buildings. The Company places the majority of its manufactured controller units with customers in order to facilitate the sale of disposable devices. Controller units placed with customers are capitalized at cost and amortized to cost of product sales over a three or four-year period. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the lease term. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.    The Company recognizes product revenue after shipment of its products to customers and upon fulfillment of any acceptance terms, and when no significant contractual obligations remain and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue is reported net of a provision for estimated product returns.

The Company recognizes license fee and other revenue over the term of the associated agreement unless the fee is in exchange for products delivered or services performed that represent the culmination of a separate earnings process. Royalties are recognized as earned, generally based on the licensees’ product shipments. These items are classified as royalties, fees and other revenues on the accompanying statements of operations. Amounts billed to customers relating to shipping and handling costs have also been classified as royalties, fees and other revenues and related costs are classified as cost of product sales on the accompanying statements of operations.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based on its assessment of the collectibility of customer accounts. The Company regularly reviews its allowance, considering such factors as historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, the age of the receivable balance, both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.

Acquired In-Process Research and Development (IPR&D).    When the Company acquires another entity, the purchase price is allocated, as applicable, between net tangible assets, IPR&D, other identifiable intangible assets, and goodwill. Company policy defines IPR&D as the value assigned to those projects for which the related products have not reached technological feasibility, have not received regulatory approval and have no alternative future use. Determining the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D requires the Company to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project or technology and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of acquisition, in accordance with accepted valuation methods, and includes consideration of the assessed risk of the project not being developed to a stage of commercial feasibility.

Goodwill.    The Company’s methodology for allocating the purchase price relating to business acquisitions is consistent with established valuation techniques in the medical device industry. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of the business acquired over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement 142”), the Company performs an annual impairment test of goodwill. The Company evaluates

64

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

goodwill as of December 31st each year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. As required by Statement 142, the impairment test is accomplished using a two-stepped approach. The first step screens for impairment and, when impairment is indicated, a second step is employed to measure the impairment. Using data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company passed the first step. The Company also reviewed other factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. Based on these findings, net goodwill balance of $59.2 million is not considered impaired at December 31, 2005.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.    Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the group of assets and their eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally one to eight years.

Research and Development.    Research and development costs consist mostly of payroll expenses and prototype development costs and are charged to operations as incurred.

Advertising Expense.    Advertising expenses are charged to operations as sales and marketing expenses as incurred. Advertising expense was $3.9 million, $4.0 million, and $3.4 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation.    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“Statement 123”), prescribes accounting and reporting standards for all stock-based compensation plans, including employee stock options. As allowed by Statement 123, the Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation using the intrinsic value method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations. It accounts for stock options issued to non-employees using the fair value method of accounting. When the Company issues options to its employees with an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or issuance, no stock-based compensation costs are recorded. In the event that stock-based awards are issued with an exercise price that is less than the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant or issuance, the Company records deferred compensation expense in an amount equivalent to the difference between the market value and the exercise price of the award.

The Company will adopt Statement 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. See the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section below for further discussion of this new standard and the impact to ArthroCare.

65

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Had employee stock-based compensation been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share would have been as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss)—as reported	$	23,530		$	(26,189	)	$	7,456
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense recognized in net income (loss), net of tax effects		751			202			112
Less: Total employee stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects		(8,462	)		(12,089	)		(12,800	)
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	15,819		$	(38,076	)	$	(5,232	)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic—as reported	$	0.97		$	(1.21	)	$	0.36
Basic—pro forma	$	0.65		$	(1.76	)	$	(0.25	)
Diluted—as reported	$	0.89		$	(1.21	)	$	0.34
Diluted—pro forma	$	0.60		$	(1.76	)	$	(0.25	)

Foreign Currency Translation.    Certain of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of Atlantech Medical Devices, Ltd. (UK) is the British Pound. The functional currency of Atlantech GmbH (Germany), Atlantech Medizinische Produkte Vertreibs (Austria), ArthroCare Italy SPA and ArthroCare France SRL is the Euro. Accordingly, all balance sheet accounts of these operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate in effect during the period. The gains and losses from foreign currency translation of these subsidiaries financial statements are recorded directly into a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The functional currency of all other non-U.S. operations is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, all monetary assets and liabilities of these foreign operations are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current period-end exchange rates and non-monetary assets and related elements of expense are remeasured using historical rates of exchange. Income and expense elements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during the period. Gains and losses from currency transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are recorded as other income or loss in the statements of operations.

Concentration of Risks and Uncertainties.    Substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions in the United States. Deposits at these institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses on deposits of cash and cash equivalents. The Company purchases certain key components of its products from sole, single or limited source suppliers. For some of these components there are few alternative sources. A reduction or stoppage in supply of sole-source components would limit the Company’s ability to manufacture certain products. There can be no assurance that an alternate supplier could be established if necessary or that available inventories would be adequate to meet ArthroCare’s production needs during any prolonged interruption of supply.

The Company’s products require approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and international regulatory agencies prior to the commencement of commercial sales. There can be no assurance that

66

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

its products will receive any of these required approvals. If the Company were denied such approvals, or if such approvals were delayed, it would have a material adverse impact on its business. Sales to both international and domestic customers are generally made on open credit terms. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of the Company’s customers and maintains an allowance for potential credit losses when needed, but historically has not experienced any significant losses related to individual customers or a group of customers in any particular geographic area.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.    The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their fair values.

Income Taxes.    The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, whereby deferred tax asset or liability account balances are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using current tax laws and rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Reclassifications.    Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current year’s presentation. The effect of such reclassifications is not material to the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.    In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement 123R. Generally, Statement 123R requires companies to recognize as compensation expense in the statements of operations the fair value of share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and the right to purchase shares under an employee stock purchase plan. In January 2005, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which provides supplemental implementation guidance for Statement 123R.

The Company is required to adopt Statement 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and are continuing to evaluate the impact of the standard on our operating results and financial condition. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under Statement 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. Statement 123R permits adoption using one of two methods: (1) a “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning on the effective date based on the requirements of Statement 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and based on Statement 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date that remain unvested on the effective date or (2) a “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method, but also permits entities to restate all periods presented or prior interim periods of the year of adoption based on the amounts previously recognized under Statement 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures. The Company will adopt the standard using the modified prospective method beginning January 1, 2006.

The Company has selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the most appropriate fair-value estimation method for its awards and will recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over its awards’ vesting periods. As a result of the provisions of Statement 123R, the Company expects the compensation charges under Statement 123R to reduce diluted net income per share by approximately $0.15 to $0.20 per share for fiscal 2006. However, the Company’s assessment of the estimated compensation charges is affected by its stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of uncertainties, including its future stock-based compensation strategy, stock price volatility, estimated forfeitures, employee stock option exercise behavior, and related tax implications. Additionally, FAS 123R requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce the Company’s operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in the period after adoption.

67

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In May 2005, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (FAS 154). APB Opinion No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. FAS 154 requires that the new accounting principle be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the earliest period for which retrospective application is practicable and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for that period rather than being reported in the income statement. The statement is be effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company will adopt this Statement in fiscal year 2006 and does not expect it to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 3—SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments at December 31, 2005 and 2004, consisting of tax-exempt municipal bonds, were acquired at an aggregate cost of $2.6 million and $10.0 million, respectively. The fair values of these instruments are based on market interest rates and other market information available to management as of each balance sheet date presented which approximates aggregate cost at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

Management classifies investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification at each balance sheet date. Securities classified as available-for-sale are stated at fair value, all of which matures beyond five years, but has interest reset maturities of less than thirty-five days.

NOTE 4 —COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and potential shares of common stock when they are dilutive. The following is a reconciliation of the numerator, net income (loss), and the denominator number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004			2003
Net income (loss)	$	23,530	$	(26,189	)	$	7,456
Basic:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		24,375		21,594			20,885
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.97	$	(1.21	)	$	0.36
Diluted:
Weighted-average shares outstanding used in basic calculation		24,375		21,594			20,885
Dilutive effect of options		1,933		—			1,006
Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock		99		—			51
Weighted-average common stock and common stock equivalents		26,407		21,594			21,942
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.89	$	(1.21	)	$	0.34
Options excluded from calculation as their effect would be anti-dilutive		142		5,363			2,556
Price range of excluded options	$	34.03-$48.56	$	0.20-$48.56		$	16.22-$48.56

68

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 5—INVENTORY

The following summarizes the Company’s inventories (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Raw materials	$	11,771	$	10,809
Work-in-progress		4,455		5,349
Finished goods		31,608		24,326
	$	47,834	$	40,484

The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, totaled $1.5 and $1.0 million, respectively.

NOTE 6—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The following summarizes the Company’s property and equipment (in thousands):

	December 31,						Estimated Useful Lives (Years)
	2005			2004
Controller placements	$	49,142		$	40,971		3 to 4
Computer equipment and software		13,738			11,674		3 to 5
Machinery and equipment		7,797			6,585		5
Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements		3,817			3,447		5(a)
Construction in process		2,409			1,286		—
Building and improvements		2,646			2,435		30
Tooling and molds		3,152			2,683		5
Land		400			406		—
		83,101			69,487
Less accumulated depreciation		(50,497	)		(40,091	)
Property and equipment, net	$	32,604		$	29,396

(a) The estimated useful life for leasehold improvements is the shorter of 5 years or the life of the lease.

Depreciation expense related to ArthroCare’s property and equipment was $11.2 million, $10.6 million, and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

NOTE 7—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2003	$	10,383
Acquisitions and adjustments		47,477
Balance at December 31, 2004		57,859
Translation adjustments and other		1,311
Balance at December 31, 2005	$	59,170

69

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The goodwill balance at December 31, 2004 pertains to the MDA and Opus business combinations completed in January and November 2004, respectively and to the Atlantech acquisition completed in 2002. During 2005, The Company recorded translation adjustments for the application of current exchange rates in the translation of Atlantech’s goodwill, which had previously been translated at historical exchange rates.

Intangible assets with definite lives

Intangible assets are originally recorded at historical cost, in the case of separately purchased intangible assets, or at estimated fair value, in the case of assets acquired in the purchase of a business and are subject to amortization. Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,						Estimated Useful Life
	2005			2004
Intellectual property rights	$	29,137		$	23,700		8 years
Patents		11,700			10,500		8 years
Trade name/trademarks		4,800			4,400		7-8 years
Distribution/customer network		4,018			3,700		5 years
OEM contractual agreements		1,160			1,160		2-7 years
Licensing, employment and non-competition agreements		1,495			1,050		1-10 years
		52,310			44,510
Accumulated amortization		(11,409	)		(4,551	)
Net intangible assets	$	40,901		$	39,959

Intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized on ratably over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which range between one and ten years as indicated in the table above. Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 was approximately $6.5 million, $1.9 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	6,984
2007		6,757
2008		5,935
2009		5,696
2010		5,447
Thereafter		10,082
	$	40,901

NOTE 8—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following summarizes the Company’s accrued liabilities (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005		2004
Accrued liabilities:
Accrued acquisition fees	$	1,682	$	4,234
Accrued dealer commissions		3,539		2,157
Accrued professional fees and other		1,327		3,534
	$	6,548	$	9,925

70

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating leases. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At December 31, 2005, total future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	2,240
2007		1,348
2008		908
2009		837
2010		831
Thereafter		1,937
	$	8,946

Rent expense was $2.1 million, $2.4 million, and $2.0 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Warranties

The Company generally provides customers with a limited 90-day warranty on devices sold and a limited 1-year warranty on controller units sold. ArthroCare accrues for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. ArthroCare periodically evaluates and adjusts the warranty reserve to the extent actual warranty expense varies from the original estimates.

The following table describes the activity in ArthroCare’s warranty accrual (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Balance at beginning of year	$	207		$	252		$	243
Accruals for warranties issued during the period		929			746			576
Settlements made during the period		(961	)		(791	)		(567	)
Balance at end of year	$	175		$	207		$	252

Litigation

On July 25, 2001, the Company filed a lawsuit against Smith & Nephew, Inc. (“Smith & Nephew” or “Defendant”) in the United States District Court of Delaware. The lawsuit alleged, among other things, that Smith & Nephew was infringing three patents issued to ArthroCare.

On April 3, 2003, Smith & Nephew filed a lawsuit against ArthroCare in the United States District Court, Western Tennessee alleging that ArthroCare infringed two Smith & Nephew patents—nos. 5,980,504 and 6,261,311. In addition, Smith & Nephew alleged that ArthroCare was in violation of Section 43(A) of the Lanham Act for allegedly making false or misleading statements to deceive potential purchasers of Smith & Nephew’s medical devices. Smith & Nephew requested the Court to issue preliminary and permanent injunction preventing ArthroCare from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents and from making further false or misleading statements concerning Smith & Nephew’s medical devices.

71

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

These lawsuits were dismissed and the claims settled pursuant to a Settlement and License Agreement between ArthroCare and Smith & Nephew on September 2, 2005. As a consequence of this settlement, the Company received a one-time cash payment at signing, which has been recorded as a reduction of legal fees in general and administrative expenses, and will receive a series of related milestone payments over the next twelve months, which the Company anticipates will also be recorded as a reduction to general and administrative expenses. This agreement settles all legal disputes between ArthroCare and Smith & Nephew, including the pending legal matters in Delaware and Tennessee described above.

On December 15, 2005, Bonutti IP, LLC filed a lawsuit against ArthroCare in the United States District Court, Southern District of Illinois alleging that its Opus AutoCuff anchoring system infringed ten Bonutti patents (Nos. 5,527,343; 5,543,012; 5,948,002; 6,010,525; 6,117,160; 6,464,713; 6,569,187; 6,638,279; 5,814,072 and 5,948,001). Bonutti requested the Court to award damages to issue a permanent injunction preventing ArthroCare from further infringement of the above-mentioned patents. Upon initial review, the Company believes that these claims have no merit and it will defend itself vigorously.

From time to time, the Company is a defendant in certain lawsuits alleging product liability, patent infringement or other claims incurred in the ordinary course of business. These claims are generally covered by certain insurance policies, subject to certain deductible amounts and maximum policy limits. When there is no insurance coverage, as would typically be the case primarily in lawsuits alleging patent infringement, the Company establishes sufficient reserves to cover probable losses associated with such claims. Except as otherwise described above, the Company has product liability insurance coverage in amounts it considers necessary to prevent material losses. The Company recognizes losses when they are known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Defending and prosecuting intellectual property suits, United States Patent and Trademark office (“USPTO”) interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings is costly and time-consuming. Further litigation may be necessary to enforce the Company’s patents, to protect its trade secrets or know-how or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary right of others. Any litigation or interference proceedings will be costly and will result in significant diversion of effort by technical and management personnel. An adverse determination in any of the litigation or interference proceedings to which ArthroCare may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to license disputed rights from third parties or require us to cease using such technology, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. Patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, and could include ongoing royalties. There can be no assurance ArthroCare can obtain any necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all.

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses against the above claims and intends to vigorously contest them. The outcomes of the outstanding litigation matters discussed above are not considered probable or cannot be reasonably estimated for the purpose of recording a liability. Also, except as otherwise described above, the Company has product liability insurance coverage in amounts it considers necessary to prevent material losses. ArthroCare records a liability when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is not probable or a probable loss cannot be reasonably estimated, a liability is not recorded.

NOTE 10—DEBT

In October 2004, in anticipation of the acquisition of Opus Medical, the Company amended and restated its existing credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-lenders.

72

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Under the terms of the amended and restated credit facility, ArthroCare was able to borrow up to $20.0 million under a revolving line of credit and up to $30.0 million under a term commitment loan. The Company could borrow under either of these loans at the Bank of America prime rate plus 0.0% to 1.0% or at a Eurodollar rate. The increase over the base rate of either type of loan was determined by the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the amended and restated credit facility. The amended and restated credit facility contained covenants that specified minimum financial ratios and limited the Company’s ability to take on additional debt, or make significant future acquisitions or dispositions. Violation of certain of the covenants may have resulted in acceleration of its repayment obligation. In October 2005, the Company repaid all amounts currently outstanding, totaling $25.7 million, under its then existing credit facility. This credit facility was cancelled on January 13, 2006.

NOTE 11—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock.    As of December 31, 2005, 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock were authorized and no preferred stock was issued and outstanding.

Treasury Stock.    In April 2001, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain limitations and conditions. In June of 2002, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 2,000,000 shares. In 2002, the Company repurchased 1,029,741 shares at a cost of $12.1 million. In 2003, the Company repurchased 726,543 shares at a cost of $11.0 million. The shares will be used to offset the potentially dilutive effect of employee incentive programs and may be used for other purposes that the Company deems appropriate. ArthroCare accounts for treasury stock under the cost method and includes treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity.

Stock Option Plans

In May 1993, the Company approved the 1993 Stock Plan (“1993 Plan”) under which the Board of Directors is authorized and directed to enter into stock option agreements with selected individuals. Under the 1993 Plan, ArthroCare is authorized to issue options for up to 5,372,050 shares, which generally become exercisable over a 48-month period. In 2003, an additional 250,000 shares were authorized for issuance. The 1993 plan, and related shares available for grant under the plan, expired in May 2003.

In December 1995, the Company adopted the Director Option Plan (“Director Plan”) and reserved 200,000 shares of common stock for issuance to directors under the Director Plan. The plan allows for an initial grant and automatic annual grants of options to outside directors of the company. In May 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Director Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance by 150,000 shares, to a total of 690,000 shares. The Director Plan, and the related shares available for grant under the plan, expired in December 2005.

In August 1999, the Company approved the Nonstatutory Option Plan (“1999 Plan”). In June 2001, it authorized an amendment, effective April 26, 2001, setting the aggregate number of shares authorized under the 1999 Plan at 3,550,000. As of December 31, 2005, 220,516 shares remain available for future grant.

In May 2003, ArthroCare approved the 2003 Incentive Stock Plan (“2003 Plan”) under which the Board of Directors is authorized to grant incentive and nonstatutory stock option agreements to employees. In May 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2003 Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance by 750,000 shares, to a total of 1,250,000. Options granted under the 2003 Plan generally become exercisable over a 48-month period. As of December 31, 2005, 325,607 shares remain available for future grant under the 2003 Plan.

73

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

A summary of award activity follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Awards Outstanding
	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Balance, December 31, 2002	5,879		$	16.49
Options granted at market	1,037		$	13.74
Options exercised	(387	)	$	9.70
Options cancelled/forfeited	(633	)	$	21.60
Balance, December 31, 2003	5,896		$	15.90
Options granted at market	868		$	25.38
Options exercised	(1,009	)	$	14.09
Options cancelled/forfeited	(394	)	$	20.91
Balance, December 31, 2004	5,361		$	17.40
Options granted at market	609		$	31.55
Options exercised	(1,020	)	$	16.12
Options cancelled/forfeited	(131	)	$	18.30
Balance, December 31, 2005	4,819		$	19.50

Awards outstanding and currently exercisable by exercise price for all plans at December 31, 2005 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data and contractual life):

Exercise Price	Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable As of December 31, 2005	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$  3.12   -   $  8.81	502	1.78	$	5.12	502	$	5.12
8.94   -     11.51	582	6.65		10.55	319		10.20
11.70   -     13.59	504	6.74		12.94	346		12.90
13.60   -     16.10	495	6.68		14.43	404		14.43
16.12   -     22.46	480	5.67		18.93	372		18.42
22.60   -     24.38	636	6.00		22.40	499		23.17
24.50   -     27.56	555	6.68		26.56	443		26.82
27.75   -     30.97	482	7.75		29.48	118		29.20
31.00   -     46.62	582	5.73		34.65	221		36.34
48.56   -     48.56	1	4.21		48.56	1		48.56
	4,819	5.98	$	19.50	3,225	$	17.96

In determining the pro forma net income (loss), the fair value of each employee option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Risk-free interest rate	3.6% - 4.1	%	2.7% - 4.0	%	2.4% - 3.5	%
Expected life	5 years		5 years		5 years
Expected dividends	—		—		—
Expected volatility	63	%	70	%	70	%

74

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The weighted average fair value of options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2005 was $17.59 per share. The weighted average fair value of options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2004 was $15.26 per share. The weighted average fair value of options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2003 was $8.23 per share.

The Company issued approximately 107,000, 94,000 and 127,000 shares of restricted stock to certain employees in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fair value of the stock was $3.4 million, $2.4 million and $1.1 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and was charged to deferred compensation on the balance sheet and is being amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period of the restricted stock. Approximately $1.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million of compensation expense was recognized in connection with the restricted stock in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.    In December 1995, ArthroCare approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and reserved 300,000 shares of common stock for issuance under this plan. In May 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number of shares available for issuance by 150,000 shares. For 2005, 2004, and 2003, 48,000, 44,000, and 67,000 shares of common stock were sold under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, respectively. Under the plan, regular full-time employees (subject to certain exceptions) may contribute up to 10% of base compensation to the semi-annual purchase of shares of ArthroCare common stock. The purchase price is 85% of the fair market value at certain plan-defined dates. As of December 31, 2005, approximately 84,000 shares remained available for future grant under this Plan. The weighted average fair value of employee stock purchase rights issued pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was $8.93, $6.59, and $4.57 per share during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The following assumptions were used in determining the fair value associated with shares granted under the plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Risk-free interest rate	2.4 - 3.05	%	1.2% - 2.4	%	1.2% - 1.3	%
Expected life	0.5 years		0.5 years		0.5 years
Expected dividends	—		—		—
Expected volatility	46	%	45%		45	%

Stockholders Rights Plan.    In November 1996, ArthroCare’s Board of Directors approved a Stockholders Rights Plan, declaring a dividend distribution of one Preferred Share Purchase Right for each outstanding share of its common stock, which would issue on certain triggering events. This plan was amended in January 2000. Each right will entitle stockholders to buy one-thousandth of one share of the Company’s Series A Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $185.00. This Plan was designed to assure that the Company’s stockholders receive fair and equal treatment in the event of any proposed takeover of the Company and to guard against partial tender offers and other abusive tactics to gain control of the Company without paying all stockholders the fair value of their shares, including a “control premium.”

NOTE 12—ACQUISITIONS

Applied Therapeutics, Inc.

On August 16, 2005, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Applied Therapeutics, Inc., a Florida corporation, Applied Therapeutics, Ltd., a corporation registered in England & Wales, Applied Therapeutics GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of Germany and BHK Holding, a corporation

75

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (collectively, “Applied Therapeutics” or “ATI”). The Applied Therapeutics’ products have increased the Company’s product portfolio in the ear, nose, and throat (“ENT”) medical products market, thus providing increased potential for cross selling its existing product lines and acquired products.

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations, ATI’s finished goods inventory was valued at estimated selling prices less the costs of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance for the related selling effort; work-in-process inventory was valued at estimated selling prices of the finished goods less costs to complete, costs of disposal, and a reasonable profit allowance for the completing and selling efforts; and raw materials were valued at current replacement costs.

The Company is responsible for the valuation IPR&D projects acquired from ATI. The values assigned to IPR&D are based on discounted cash flow analyses using income expectations for the resulting products and assumptions which management considers reasonable based on the characteristics and risks of these projects. All values were determined by identifying research projects in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established. The values were determined by estimating the revenue and expenses associated with a project’s sales cycle and the amount of after-tax cash flows attributable to these projects. The future cash flows were discounted to present value utilizing an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return of 40%.

The Company expects all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the acquired IPR&D will culminate in products having commercial viability. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, and patent litigation. If commercial viability is not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of ATI, it expensed $2.4 million of the purchase price for IPR&D projects related to technology for arresting bleeding. At December 31, 2005, the research and development of this product was completed and the product is ready for commercial launch to commence in the first quarter of 2006.

The transaction was accounted for as a purchase business combination under generally accepted accounting principles, whereby the purchase price for ATI has been allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired based upon their fair values as of August 16, 2005, and the results of ATI’s operations subsequent to August 16, 2005 have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company made an initial payment of $10.0 million in cash to Applied Therapeutics as consideration for the asset purchase. Under certain circumstances outlined in the asset purchase agreement, the Company may be obligated to make an additional contingent payment in cash to the former stockholders of Applied Therapeutics in the first quarter of 2007 (the “contingent consideration”) based on the net revenue earned by the Company from the acquired business from February 1, 2006 to January 31, 2007 (the “Earnout Period”). The contingent consideration, if any, to be paid by the Company to the former stockholders of Applied Therapeutics will be equal to a multiple of net revenue derived from the sale of ATI products during the Earnout Period minus the initial payment of $10.0 million, but will in no event will the contingent consideration exceed $15.0 million. If the contingency is satisfied, the Company will adjust the purchase price of this acquisition for the amount of contingent consideration issued. At December 31, 2005, nothing had been accrued for this contingency.

76

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Assets acquired:
Net tangible assets, excluding inventory	$	555
Inventory		705
Identifiable intangible assets:
Purchased technology		5,200
Patents		1,200
Trademarks		400
In-process research and development		2,400
Excess of consideration paid over net assets acquired		(287	)
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired	$	10,173

The excess of consideration paid over net assets acquired will be adjusted, based upon the amount of the contingent consideration, through the completion of the Earnout Period.

Medical Device Alliance Inc.

On January 28, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of Medical Device Alliance Inc. (“MDA”) and its subsidiary, Parallax Medical, Inc. (“Parallax”) for a total of $27.3 million, including consideration and acquisition-related expenses, net of cash acquired, of which $1.3 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2005. If the contingency is satisfied, the Company will adjust the purchase price of this acquisition for the amount of contingent consideration issued. Parallax owned a technology for the treatment of vertebral compression fractures and the Company intends to market the products based on this technology as a complement to its Coblation spine solutions.

The MDA acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. The value of assets and liabilities is estimated based on purchase price and future intended use. The value of intangible assets is estimated based on estimated future benefits of the various intangible assets acquired. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The premium paid for the acquisition over the valuation of the identifiable assets was based on management’s belief that MDA’s technology for bone access, percutaneous injection of bone cement and bone augmentation in the spine were of significant strategic importance in the Company’s expanded interventional spine strategy and to create a multi-procedure interventional spine business. The resulting goodwill is not deductible for income taxes. Operating results from the acquired businesses are included in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition.

The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets (primarily inventory, fixed assets and accounts receivable)	$	2,339
Intangible assets		9,160
Deferred tax assets		4,892
Goodwill		17,010
Liabilities assumed		(2,053	)
Deferred tax liabilities		(4,065	)
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired	$	27,283

77

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Opus Medical, Inc.

On November 12, 2004, the Company completed it acquisition of Opus Medical, Inc., (“Opus”), for total initial consideration of $91.7 million, including consideration and estimates of acquisition-related expenses, net of cash acquired. The consideration included $60.0 million in the Company’s common stock. In January 2006, we disbursed $35.0 million to the former Opus Medical shareholders in satisfaction of requirements outlined in the merger agreement and upon resolution of certain contingency factors. We anticipate that will issue additional consideration in 2006 of approximately $21.3 million based on the finalization of certain contingencies in accordance with the merger agreement. A final payment of up to $5 million may be made in the fourth quarter of 2006 subject to the release of certain purchase contingencies. If the contingency is satisfied, the Company will adjust the purchase price of this acquisition for the amount of contingent consideration issued.

The Opus acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The premium paid for the acquisition over the valuation of the identifiable assets was based on management’s belief that Opus’ technology, especially when combined with the Company’s existing technology for arthroscopic surgery, gives us a significant advantage in providing a full solution for certain shoulder surgeries. The resulting goodwill is not deductible for income taxes.

In connection with its acquisition of Opus during the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company expensed $36.4 million of the purchase price for IPR&D projects. These costs were for significant projects related to automated suturing technology applicable to sports medicine surgical procedures. These projects related to technology that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no future alternative use. Prior to the acquisition, the Company did not have comparable products under development. Of the projected $1.6 million in costs required to bring these products to commercialization in the United States, approximately 75% was incurred in 2005 and the remainder is expected to be incurred in the first half of 2006, bringing all IPR&D to market. At December 31, 2005, the research and development of this product was completed and the product is ready for commercial launch to commence in the first quarter of 2006.

The Company is responsible for the valuation of IPR&D charges. The values assigned to IPR&D are based on valuations that have been prepared using methodologies and valuation techniques consistent with those used by independent appraisers. All values were determined by identifying research projects in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established. Additionally, the values were determined by estimating the revenue and expenses associated with a project’s sales cycle and the amount of after-tax cash flows attributable to these projects. The future cash flows were discounted to present value utilizing an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return of 20% to 22%. The rate of return included a factor that takes into account the uncertainty surrounding the successful development of the IPR&D.

The Company continues to expect that all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that the commercial viability of these products will actually be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing and conducting clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delay or failure to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials, delay or failure to obtain required market clearances, and patent litigation. If commercial viability is not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these therapies.

78

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets (primarily inventory, fixed assets and accounts receivable)	$	7,770
Intangible assets		64,300
Deferred tax assets		4,546
Goodwill		30,458
Liabilities assumed		(4,220	)
Deferred tax liabilities		(11,160	)
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired	$	91,694

The following table reflects the unaudited pro forma results of operations of ArthroCare assuming that the acquisitions of MDA, Opus, and ATI had occurred on January 1, 2005 or 2004, respectively. The pro forma net income for 2005 shown below includes a $2.4 million non-recurring charge for IPR&D projects related to the ATI acquisition. Pro forma net loss for 2004, shown below, includes a $36.4 million non-recurring charge for IPR&D projects, associated with the Opus acquisition. The unaudited pro forma financial information below does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company constituted a single entity during such periods, and are included for illustrative purposes only. As the pro forma information shown below is unaudited, management’s confidence in its accuracy is limited to the due diligence performed during the acquisition period.

	Year ended December 31,
	2005		2004
	(unaudited)
Pro forma total revenue	$	217,766	$	173,455
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	24,814	$	(33,622	)
Pro forma net income (loss) per share—basic	$	1.02	$	(1.56	)
Pro forma net income (loss) per share—diluted	$	0.94	$	(1.56	)

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTIES

In June 1997, the Company loaned an officer $500,000 pursuant to a provision in the officer’s employment agreement. The promissory note, which bears no interest, is collateralized by a mortgage on the officer’s residence and is due and payable upon either the officer’s termination of employment or the sale of the officer’s residence. If the Company terminates the officer or if it is acquired, the loan is due and payable within 12 months thereafter. As of December 31, 2005, $500,000 of principal was outstanding on this note.

In April 1999, the Company loaned an officer $225,000 pursuant to a provision in the officer’s employment agreement. The promissory note, which bears no interest, is collateralized by a mortgage on the officer’s residence and is due and payable upon either the officer’s termination of employment or the sale of the officer’s residence. If the Company terminates the officer or if it is acquired, the loan is due and payable within 12 months thereafter. As of December 31, 2005, $225,000 of principal was outstanding on this note.

In May 1999, the Company loaned an officer $350,000 pursuant to a provision in the officer’s employment agreement. The promissory note, which bears no interest, is collateralized by a mortgage on the officer’s residence and is due and payable upon either the officer’s termination of employment or the sale of the officer’s residence. If the Company terminates the officer or if it is acquired, the loan is due and payable within 12 months thereafter. As of December 31, 2005, $350,000 of principal was outstanding on this note.

79

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 14—INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Current
Federal	$	1,852		$	2,321		$	1,764
State		766			330			649
Foreign		3,379			468			332
Total current		5,997			3,119			2,745
Deferred
Federal		4,571			1,733			1,338
State		(1,402	)		80			191
Foreign		(1,973	)		(1,672	)		(1,228	)
Total deferred		1,196			141			301
Total income tax provision	$	7,193		$	3,260		$	3,046

The income tax provision (benefit) differed from a provision computed at the U.S. statutory tax rate as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Statutory rate tax provision (benefit)	$	10,754		$	(8,025	)	$	3,676
State income taxes		870			(1,146	)		525
Differences in foreign tax rates		(4,088	)		(412	)		(752	)
Nondeductible expenses		172			142			262
Research and development credits		(1,304	)		(1,685	)		(528	)
Charges for acquired IPR&D projects		840			14,560			—
Other		(51	)		(174	)		(137	)
Total income tax provision	$	7,193		$	3,260		$	3,046

Of the Company’s 2005 pre-tax earnings of $31.0 million, $13.3 million was allocated to foreign tax jurisdictions. For 2004, these amounts were $(23.0) million and $(4.4) million, respectively. For 2003, these amounts were $11.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

The Company’s 2005 tax expense was significantly reduced due to a tax holiday for its Costa Rica manufacturing operations. Under its holiday, the Company will not be subject to Costa Rican income tax until 2010. At that time, the Company will be subject to normal Costa Rican corporate taxes, which are currently imposed at a rate of 30 percent.

Had the company not benefited from this tax holiday, its 2005 tax liability would have been increased by $2.6 million. Diluted earnings per share would have been decreased by $0.11. For 2004, a loss was allocated to Costa Rica and the decrease in the 2004 tax liability would have been $(0.4) million and net loss per share would have increased by $0.02. For 2003, the income allocated to Costa Rica would have increased the Company’s tax liability by $1.3 million and decreased earnings per share by $0.06.

80

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company cash tax payments during 2005 were limited to $0.1 million due primarily to stock option benefits and prior year overpayments that have been applied to estimated taxes.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $32.0 million, $27.0 million of which will be subject to an annual utilization limitation of approximately $5.9 million under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. These loss carryforwards will expire during the period 2011 through 2023 if not utilized.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $5.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively. These federal credits will expire during the period 2009 through 2025; the state credits are not subject to expiration.

Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership could result in an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and income tax credits that could be utilized to offset future tax liabilities.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2005			2004
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	11,168		$	8,856
R&D and MIC credits		7,736			6,102
Allowances and reserves		729			1,657
Deferred intercompany transactions		2,797			1,066
Alternative minimum tax credits		171			175
Stock compensation		885			318
Cost recovery		(1,683	)		(21	)
Non-goodwill intangibles		(12,796	)		(14,987	)
R&D cost share and other		(1,944	)		(1,974	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	7,063		$	1,192

Income tax benefits resulting from the exercise of options of $9.6 million, $4.6 million, and $1.6 million were credited to additional paid-in capital for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Deferred U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes are not provided on the undistributed cumulative earnings of foreign subsidiaries because those earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested in those operations. The permanently reinvested undistributed earnings were approximately $19.0 million as of December 31, 2005. These earnings could become subject to additional tax if remitted (or deemed remitted) as a dividend to the United States parent company; the resulting tax liability would be from $5.4 to $8.0 million depending upon the nature and timing of the remittances.

NOTE 15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

ArthroCare maintains a Retirement Savings and Investment Plan (“401(k) Plan”), which covers all United States based employees. Eligible employees may defer salary (before tax) up to a federally specified maximum. Management, at its discretion, may make matching contributions on behalf of the participants in the 401(k) Plan. The Company matched approximately $109,000, $104,000, and $106,000 of employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

81

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 16—SEGMENT INFORMATION

ArthroCare has organized its marketing and sales efforts based on four operating segments which are aggregated into one reportable segment—the development, manufacture and marketing disposable devices for less invasive surgical procedures. Each of the Company’s business units has similar economic characteristics, technology, manufacturing processes, customers, distribution and marketing strategies, regulatory environments, and shared infrastructures. These business units are Sports Medicine (shoulder and knee arthroscopic products), ENT (to include ear, nose, throat and the Visage^® cosmetic products), ArthroCare Spine^™ (to include spinal and neuro surgery products) and Coblation Technology (to include gynecology, urology, laparoscopic, general surgical and cardiology products).

Product sales by business unit for the periods shown were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2005				2004				2003
Sports Medicine	$	139,868	68	%	$	97,574	66	%	$	82,114	72	%
ENT		43,546	21	%		28,357	19	%		17,169	15	%
ArthroCare Spine		23,110	11	%		21,614	15	%		14,229	12	%
Coblation Technology		9	0	%		285	0	%		1,207	1	%
Total Product Sales	$	206,533	100	%	$	147,830	100	%	$	114,719	100	%

Internationally, the Company markets and supports its products primarily through its subsidiaries and various distributors. Revenues attributed to geographic areas are based on the country in which subsidiaries are domiciled. Product sales by geography for the periods shown were as follows (in thousands):

	2005				2004				2003
Year ended December 31:
Product sales:
Americas	$	163,230	79	%	$	111,453	75	%	$	86,687	76	%
United Kingdom		11,656	6	%		11,053	8	%		8,476	7	%
Rest of World		31,647	15	%		25,324	17	%		19,556	17	%
Total product sales	$	206,533	100	%	$	147,830	100	%	$	114,719	100	%
December 31:
Long-lived assets:
Americas	$	23,304	68	%	$	22,302	72	%
Rest of World		10,769	32	%		8,510	28	%
Total long-lived assets	$	34,073	100	%	$	30,812	100	%

82

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE 17—QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

The following tables present certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. In the Company’s opinion, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly the information for the periods presented.

(in thousands, except per share data)
2005	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Total revenues	$	49,683	$	51,732	$	53,624	$	59,295
Gross profit		34,206		36,436		37,222		42,264
Net income		3,161		4,818		7,194		8,357
Basic net income per share		0.13		0.20		0.29		0.34
Diluted net income per share		0.12		0.19		0.27		0.31
2004	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Total revenues	$	35,589	$	37,665	$	38,194	$	42,700
Gross profit		22,741		26,279		26,055		27,973
Net income (loss)		1,569		3,147		3,621		(34,526	)
Basic net income (loss) per share		0.07		0.15		0.17		(1.52	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share		0.07		0.14		0.16		(1.52	)

The above information reflects charges of approximately $2.4 million for the third quarter of 2005 and $36.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 related to acquired in-process research and development.

NOTE 18—SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Information below is in thousands:

	Year ended December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Cash paid for interest	$	1,027	$	504	$	84
Cash paid for income taxes	$	114	$	1,214	$	49
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Stock issued for acquisition of a business	$	—	$	60,000	$	—

NOTE 19—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On January 13, 2006, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks (collectively, the “Lenders”). Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company may borrow up to $100 million under a revolving line of credit from the named Lenders at the lead lender’s Prime Rate or the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate, plus a spread. The spread over the Prime Rate or LIBOR Rate is determined by the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement has a five-year maturity and includes additional terms under which the Company may request an increase of up to $75 million in commitments, from the lenders, as business needs dictate. The Credit Agreement also contains various covenants that specify minimum or maximum financial ratios. See Note 10 for additional information.

83

Schedule II

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additional Charged to Costs and Expenses		Deduction			Balance at End of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2005
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and product returns	$	400	$	1,111	$	(146	)	$	1,365
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory		1,000		856		(401	)		1,455
Year Ended December 31, 2004
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and product returns	$	289	$	586	$	(475	)	$	400
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory		754		246		—			1,000
Year Ended December 31, 2003
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts and product returns	$	1,073	$	—	$	(784	)	$	289
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory		583		193		(22	)		754

84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
By:	/s/    MICHAEL A. BAKER
	Michael A. Baker
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:    March 24, 2006

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this Report below:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    MICHAEL A. BAKER         Michael A. Baker	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 24, 2006
/s/    FERNANDO SANCHEZ         Fernando Sanchez	Senior Vice President Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 24, 2006
/s/    DAVID F. FITZGERALD         David F. Fitzgerald	Director	March 24, 2006
/s/    JAMES FOSTER         James Foster	Director	March 24, 2006
/s/    PETER L. WILSON         Peter L. Wilson	Director	March 24, 2006
/s/    JERRY P. WIDMAN         Jerry P. Widman	Director	March 24, 2006
/s/    TORD B. LENDAU         Tord B. Lendau	Director	March 24, 2006
/s/    BARBARA D. BOYAN         Barbara D. Boyan	Director	March 24, 2006

85

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION

INDEX TO EXHIBITS*

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Name
10.56	Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank National Association, and certain other lenders dated January 13, 2006.
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney (see page 77).
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

†† Confidential treatment has been required as to portions of this exhibit.

* Only exhibits actually filed are listed. Exhibits incorporated by reference are set forth in the exhibit listing included in Item 15 of the Report on Form 10-K.

86

EX-10.56

Exhibit 10.56

[Published CUSIP Number:                     ]

$100,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 13, 2006

among

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION,

as Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender

and

L/C Issuer,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Syndication Agent,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Lead Arrangers

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as Sole Book Manager

Table of Contents

		Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS		1
1.01	Defined Terms	1
1.02	Other Interpretive Provisions	24
1.03	Accounting Terms	25
1.04	Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents	25
1.05	Additional Alternative Currencies	26
1.06	Change of Currency	27
1.07	Times of Day	27
1.08	Letter of Credit Amounts	27
ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS		27
2.01	Committed Loans	27
2.02	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans	28
2.03	Letters of Credit	30
2.04	Swing Line Loans	38
2.05	Prepayments; Repayments	41
2.06	Termination or Reduction of Commitments	43
2.07	Repayment of Loans	43
2.08	Interest	43
2.09	Fees	44
2.10	Computation of Interest and Fees	44
2.11	Evidence of Debt	45
2.12	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback	45
2.13	Sharing of Payments by Lenders	47
2.14	Increase in Commitments	48
ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY		49
3.01	Taxes	49
3.02	Illegality	52
3.03	Inability to Determine Rates	52
3.04	Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans	53
3.05	Compensation for Losses	55
3.06	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	55
3.07	Survival	56
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS		56
4.01	Conditions of Initial Credit Extension	56
4.02	Conditions to all Credit Extensions	58
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES		59
5.01	Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws	59
5.02	Authorization; No Contravention	59
5.03	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents	60
5.04	Binding Effect	60
5.05	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect; No Internal Control Event	60

i

5.06	Litigation	60
5.07	No Default	61
5.08	Ownership of Property; Liens	61
5.09	Environmental Compliance	61
5.10	Insurance	61
5.11	Taxes	62
5.12	ERISA Compliance	62
5.13	Subsidiaries	62
5.14	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act	63
5.15	Disclosure	63
5.16	Compliance with Laws	63
5.17	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.	63
5.18	Labor Relations	63
5.19	Solvency	64
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS		64
6.01	Financial Statements	64
6.02	Certificates; Other Information	65
6.03	Notices	66
6.04	Payment of Obligations	68
6.05	Preservation of Existence, Etc.	68
6.06	Maintenance of Properties	68
6.07	Maintenance of Insurance	68
6.08	Compliance with Laws	68
6.09	Books and Records	68
6.10	Inspection Rights	69
6.11	Compliance with ERISA	69
6.12	Compliance with Environmental Laws	69
6.13	Use of Proceeds	69
6.14	Approvals and Authorizations	69
6.15	Additional Subsidiary Guarantors	69
ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS		72
7.01	Liens	73
7.02	Investments	74
7.03	Indebtedness	75
7.04	Fundamental Changes	76
7.05	Dispositions	77
7.06	Restricted Payments	77
7.07	ERISA	77
7.08	Change in Nature of Business or in Structure	77
7.09	Transactions with Affiliates	78
7.10	Burdensome Agreements	78
7.11	Use of Proceeds	78
7.12	Financial Covenants	78
7.13	Earn-Out Payments	78

ii

ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES		79
8.01	Events of Default	79
8.02	Remedies Upon Event of Default	81
8.03	Application of Funds	81
ARTICLE IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT		82
9.01	Appointment and Authority	82
9.02	Rights as a Lender	83
9.03	Exculpatory Provisions	83
9.04	Reliance by Administrative Agent	84
9.05	Delegation of Duties	84
9.06	Resignation of Administrative Agent	84
9.07	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders	85
9.08	No Other Duties, Etc.	85
9.09	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim	86
9.10	Collateral and Guaranty Matters	86
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS		87
10.01	Amendments, Etc.	87
10.02	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication	88
10.03	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	90
10.04	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	90
10.05	Payments Set Aside	92
10.06	Successors and Assigns	92
10.07	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality	96
10.08	Right of Setoff	97
10.09	Interest Rate Limitation	97
10.10	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	97
10.11	Survival of Representations and Warranties	97
10.12	Severability	98
10.13	Replacement of Lenders	98
10.14	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.	99
10.15	Waiver of Jury Trial	100
10.16	USA PATRIOT Act Notice	100
10.17	Time of the Essence	100
10.18	Judgment Currency	100

iii

SCHEDULES

1.01	Mandatory Cost Formulae
2.01	Commitments and Applicable Percentages
5.06	Litigation
5.09	Environmental Matters
5.13	Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
5.17	Intellectual Property Matters
7.01	Existing Liens
7.02(a)	Investments
7.02(b)	Investment Policy
7.03	Existing Indebtedness
10.02	Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
10.06	Processing and Recordation Fees

EXHIBITS

	Form of
A	Committed Loan Notice
B	Swing Line Loan Notice
C	Note
D	Compliance Certificate
E	Assignment and Assumption
F	Subsidiary Guaranty

iv

Execution Version

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of January 13, 2006, among ARTHROCARE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

(a) Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting in, directly or indirectly: (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Property of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person; (b) the acquisition of in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary; (c) the power to elect, appoint, or cause the election or appointment of at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person; or (d) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary), provided that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries is the surviving entity.

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.

“Alternative Currency” means each of Euro, Sterling and Yen and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.05.

“Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.

“Alternative Currency Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and $20,000,000. The Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Applicable Rate” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b):

Level	Consolidated Leverage Ratio	Commitment Fee (bps)	Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Rate Loans (bps)	Letter of Credit Fee (bps)	Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans (bps)
I	Less than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00	15.0	75.0	75.0	0.0
II	Less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than 1.00 to 1.00	20.0	100.0	100.0	0.0
III	Less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00	25.0	150.0	150.0	25.0
IV	Greater than 2.50 to 1.00	30.0	200.0	200.0	75.0

2

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level IV shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date until receipt by the Administrative Agent of the Borrower’s Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006 shall be determined based upon Pricing Level II.

“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

“Applied Therapeutics Asset Purchase Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 16, 2005 among Applied Therapeutics, Inc., Applied Therapeutics, Ltd., Applied Therapeutics GMBH and BHK Holding, as sellers, and the Borrower, AthroCare (Deutschland) GMBH and ArthroCare UK, Ltd. as buyers, as amended prior to the date hereof.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Arranger” means Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

3

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

“Base Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. All Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.

“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:

(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;

4

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

(d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

“Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “option right”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

(b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a

5

member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or

(c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Borrower, or control over the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of such securities.

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Collateral” means, as of any date of determination, all property and assets securing the Obligations.

“Collateral Agreement” means the collateral agreement of even date herewith executed by the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type, in the same currency and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

6

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) non-cash expenses and amortization related to the granting of stock options and restricted stock grants to employees and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business under the compensation and incentive plans of the Borrower and (v) other non-recurring expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Consolidated Net Income which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and (ii) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all obligations (whether direct or contingent) arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), reimbursement agreements, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the Ordinary Course of Business), (e) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (f) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA minus capital expenditures (determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case for the period of the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP and (b) the portion of rent expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP.

7

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from continuing operations (excluding gains or losses from Dispositions of assets) for that period.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and any Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale,

8

assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

“Earn-Out Payments” means the collective reference to (a) the earn-out payment to be made in accordance with the terms of the Opus Medical Acquisition Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65,000,000 and (b) the earn-out payment to be made in accordance with the Applied Therapeutics Asset Purchase Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000.

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and provided further, however, that an Eligible Assignee shall include only a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or another Person, which, through its Lending Offices, is capable of lending the applicable Alternative Currencies to the Borrower without the imposition of any additional Indemnified Taxes.

“EMU” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Claims” means all claims, however asserted, by any Governmental Authority or any other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law or for release or injury to the environment or threat to public health, personal

9

injury (including sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources damage, or otherwise alleging liability or responsibility for damages (punitive or otherwise), cleanup, removal, remedial or response costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive relief, or other type of relief, resulting from or based upon (a) the presence, placement, discharge, emission or release (including intentional and unintentional, negligent and non-negligent, sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental placement, spills, leaks, discharges, emissions or releases) of any Hazardous Material at, in or from property, whether or not owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) any other circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means any of the following (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any

10

Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Euro” and “EUR” mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

“Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate. Eurocurrency Rate Loans may be denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency. All Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

“Excluded Asset Disposition” means any Disposition of assets permitted pursuant to Sections 7.05(b), 7.05(c)(i)(A) and (B), 7.05(e) and 7.05(f).

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which such Borrower is located and (c) except as provided in the following sentence, in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 10.13), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.01(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new

11

Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the applicable Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, “Excluded Taxes” shall not include any withholding tax imposed at any time on payments made by or on behalf of a Foreign Obligor to any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, provided that such Lender shall have complied with the last paragraph of Section 3.01(e).

“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 15, 2004 among the Borrower, Bank of America, as agent, and a syndicate of lenders as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of November 9, 2005, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

12

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled through stock or capital ownership or otherwise by any of the foregoing.

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Hazardous Materials” means, collectively, as of any date: (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, flammable explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, and transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s); (b) any chemicals or other materials or substances which as of such date are defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” “infectious wastes,” “pollutants” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical or other material or substance, exposure to which or use of which as of such date is prohibited, limited or regulated under any Environmental Law.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that meets neither of the following conditions: (a) such Subsidiary’s total net revenues for the period of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters is equal or greater than five percent (5%) of the consolidated total net revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01; or (b) such Subsidiary’s total assets,

13

as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, are equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01.

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), reimbursement agreements, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments (in each case, whether or not such obligations are contingent or absolute);

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract in an amount equal to the Swap Termination Value thereof;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the Ordinary Course of Business);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person (subject only to customary exceptions acceptable to the Required Lenders). The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

14

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.

“Intangible Assets” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

“Internal Control Event” means a material weakness in, or fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in, the Borrower’s internal controls over financial reporting, in each case as described in the Securities Laws.

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

15

“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor the L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. All L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

16

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder. Letters of Credit may be issued in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letter, the Post-Closing Letter Agreement and the Security Documents.

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Mandatory Cost” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

“Maturity Date” means January 13, 2011.

17

“Mortgages” means the collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust or other real property security document, encumbering all real property now or hereafter owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and executed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of itself and the Lenders, as any such document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

“Note” means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Obligations” means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) all existing or future payments and other obligations owing by the Borrower under (i) any Swap Contract (which such Swap Contract is permitted hereunder) or any (ii) cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements, in each case with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) such transaction or arrangement entered into with any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time such transaction or arrangement is entered into.

“Opus Medical Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 3, 2004 by and among the Borrower, OC Merger Sub Corporation, OC Acquisition Sub LLC, Opus Medical Inc. and James W. Hart and Steven L. Gex, as amended prior to the date hereof.

“Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, the ordinary course of such Person’s business, substantially as conducted by any such Person prior to or as of the Closing Date, and undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or

18

organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Committed Loans occurring on such date; (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Swing Line Loans occurring on such date; and (iii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

“Participating Member State” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

“Permitted Lien” means any Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.01.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

19

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Post-Closing Letter Agreement” means the letter agreement of even date herewith by and between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent regarding items to be delivered and/or performed following the Closing Date, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).

“Registered Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified in the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Borrower as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through ambient air, soil, surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

“Responsible Officer” means the president, chief operating officer, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or

20

other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).

“Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.

“Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

“Sarbanes-Oxley” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Borrower Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.

“Security Documents” means the collective reference to the Collateral Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Mortgages (if any), and each other agreement or writing pursuant to which any Loan Party purports to pledge or grant a security interest in any property or assets securing the Obligations or any such Person purports to guaranty the payment and/or performance of the Obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

21

“Solvent” means, as to any Person at any time, that: (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such Person’s liabilities (including the probable amount of disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of determining insolvency under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended from time to time, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to realize upon its property and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature in the normal course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

“Special Notice Currency” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

“Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

“Sterling” and “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantors” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower on the Closing Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) which has executed the Subsidiary Guaranty and each future Subsidiary of the Borrower executing a joinder or supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty as required pursuant to Section 6.15 hereof.

22

“Subsidiary Guaranty” means the Subsidiary Guaranty made by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

“Swing Line” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

23

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“TARGET Day” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Threshold Amount” means One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

“Type” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

“Yen” and “¥” mean the lawful currency of Japan.

(b) Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(i) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the

24

words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(ii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(iii) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Accounting Terms. (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(i) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(d) Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents. (b) The Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars)

25

for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.

(i) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Committed Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Committed Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

(e) Additional Alternative Currencies. (c) The Borrower may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.

(i) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the L/C Issuer thereof. Each Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(ii) Any failure by a Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Committed Borrowings of Eurocurrency Rate Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an

26

additional currency under this Section 1.05, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower.

(f) Change of Currency. (d) Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Committed Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Committed Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(i) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(ii) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

(g) Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

(h) Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

(i) Committed Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Borrower in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s

27

Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(j) Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.

(i) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or of any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to Base Rate Committed Loans, (ii) four Business Days (or five Business Days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (iii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Committed Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) the currency of the Committed Loans to be borrowed. If the Borrower fails to specify a currency in a Committed Loan Notice requesting a Borrowing, then the Committed Loans so requested shall be made in Dollars. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of Committed Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Loans shall be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans in their original currency with an Interest Period of one month. Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be

28

deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. No Committed Loan may be converted into or continued as a Committed Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Committed Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.

(ii) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Committed Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Committed Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Committed Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower or the other applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing denominated in Dollars is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and, second, shall be made available to the applicable Borrower as provided above.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether in Dollars or any Alternative Currency) without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(v) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as

29

the same Type, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.

(k) Letters of Credit.

(i) The Letter of Credit Commitment.

(1) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(2) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

a) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

b) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(3) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

a) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall

30

prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

b) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer;

c) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;

d) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

e) the L/C Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit issue Letters of Credit in the requested currency;

f) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

g) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

(4) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(5) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(6) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX

31

included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(ii) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(1) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., at least two (2) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(2) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(3) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of

32

Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(4) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(iii) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(1) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency) (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In

33

such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(2) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer in Dollars.

(3) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(4) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(5) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

34

(6) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Repayment of Participations.

(1) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in Dollars and in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(2) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(v) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(1) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(2) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

35

(3) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(4) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(5) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

(6) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(vi) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any

36

direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(vii) Cash Collateral. (i) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (A) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (B) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.

(1) In addition, if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time exceeds 105% of the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the amount by which the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

(2) The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.

(3) Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.

(viii) Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.

(ix) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, in Dollars, a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit

37

equal to the Applicable Rate times the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(x) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.08. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(xi) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(xii) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

(l) Swing Line Loans.

(i) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit,

38

notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(ii) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in Same Day Funds.

(iii) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.

(1) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion (subject to Section 2.05(b)(i)) may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which

39

written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(2) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(3) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(4) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

40

(iv) Repayment of Participations.

(1) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(2) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(v) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Committed Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(vi) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(m) Prepayments; Repayments.

(i) Voluntary Prepayments of Committed Loans. The Borrower may, upon notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four (4) Business Days (or five (5), in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice Currencies) prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; (iii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iv) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such

41

notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the applicable Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(ii) Mandatory and Voluntary Prepayments of Swing Line Loans;.

(1) Each Swing Line Loan shall be repaid in full by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon on the tenth (10^th) Business Day following each such Swing Line Loan. If repayment is not received by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with the foregoing sentence, such Swing Line Loan shall be refinanced in accordance with Section 2.04(c).

(2) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Mandatory Prepayments. (i) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Total Outstandings at such time exceed an amount equal to 105% of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, then, within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans and/or the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect; provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(g)(ii), the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of further exchange rate fluctuations, and

(ii) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of

42

such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect.

(n) Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (a) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. five (5) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (b) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (c) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (d) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Alternative Currency Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. The amount of any such Aggregate Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Alternative Currency Sublimit or the Letter of Credit Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

(o) Repayment of Loans.

(i) The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans made to such Borrower outstanding on such date.

(ii) The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

(p) Interest. (e) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(i) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

43

(1) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by any Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(2) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(3) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(ii) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

(q) Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03:

(i) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(ii) Other Fees. (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(1) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders, in Dollars, such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(r) Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other

44

computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), or, in the case of interest in respect of Committed Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(s) Evidence of Debt. (f) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to a Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, such Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to such Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(i) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(t) Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback. (g) General. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time

45

specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 11:00 a.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(h) Funding by Lenders; Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent.

(1) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Committed Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Committed Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(2) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders

46

or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(ii) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(iii) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c).

(iv) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(u) Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(1) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

47

(2) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(v) Increase in Commitments.

(i) Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default or Event of Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent which shall promptly notify the Lenders, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding an aggregate of $75,000,000; provided that (i) no existing Lender shall be required to commit to any portion of the increase, (ii) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000, and (iii) the Borrower may make a maximum of three (3) such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

(ii) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(iii) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(iv) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such

48

increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

(v) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default or Event of Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(vi) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

(w) Taxes.

(i) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(iii) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, within 10 days after demand therefor,

49

for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(v) Status of Lenders. Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(2) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of section

50

881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

(4) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

Without limiting the obligations of the Lenders set forth above regarding delivery of certain forms and documents to establish each Lender’s status for U.S. withholding tax purposes, each Lender agrees promptly to deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Closing Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such other documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under the Laws of any other jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Lender, as are required under such Laws to confirm such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender outside of the U.S. by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in such other jurisdiction. Each Lender shall promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any such claimed exemption or reduction, and (ii) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any such jurisdiction that the Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. Additionally, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Closing Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under the Laws of any jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by the Borrower, as are required to be furnished by such Lender or the Administrative Agent under such Laws in connection with any payment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of Taxes or Other Taxes, or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, with respect to such jurisdiction.

(vi) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to

51

require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(x) Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency), or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars or any Alternative Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all such Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

(y) Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) deposits (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency), or (c) the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

52

(z) Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(i) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(1) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except (A) any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) and (B) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost, other than as set forth below) or the L/C Issuer;

(2) subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer);

(3) the Mandatory Cost, as calculated hereunder, does not represent the cost to any Lender of complying with the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank in relation to its making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans; or

(4) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(ii) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the

53

Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(iii) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(iv) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(v) Additional Reserve Requirements. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or costs shall be due and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

54

(aa) Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(i) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(ii) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

(iii) any failure by the Borrower to make payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereon) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or

(iv) any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13; including any loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

(bb) Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(i) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(ii) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender fails to approve a request by the Borrower that Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of

55

“Alternative Currency” pursuant to Section 1.05 (provided, however, that the Required Lenders shall have already approved such request and currency), the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.

(cc) Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all Obligations.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

(dd) Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(i) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(1) Loan Documents. Executed counterparts of this Agreement and each Security Document (in such number as may be requested by the Administrative Agent) and Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting Notes;

(2) General Certificate. A certificate of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party certifying as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each officer of each Loan Party executing Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of (A) the articles or certificate of incorporation or formation of each Loan Party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of organization, (B) the bylaws or other governing document of each Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (C) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or other governing body of each Loan Party authorizing the borrowings contemplated hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (D) certificates as of a recent date of the good standing of each Loan Party under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each other jurisdiction where each Loan Party is qualified to do business;

(3) Legal Opinion(s). (A) a favorable opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request and (B) favorable opinion(s) of local counsel to each of the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each jurisdiction where a Mortgage is filed as required under the Loan Documents;

56

(4) Authorizations and Consents. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(5) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(6) Compliance Certificate. A duly completed Compliance Certificate as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended on September 30, 2005, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and evidencing, among other things, Minimum Consolidated EBITDA of at least $43,000,000 as of such date;

(7) Filings and Recordings. All filings and recordations that are necessary to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, in the Collateral shall have been received by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that upon such filings and recordations such security interests constitute valid and perfected first priority Liens therein;

(8) Pledged Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall have received (A) original stock certificates or other certificates evidencing the capital stock or other ownership interests pledged pursuant to the Security Documents, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof and (B) each original promissory note pledged pursuant to the Security Documents;

(9) Lien Search. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a Lien search (including a search as to judgments, pending litigation and tax matters) made against the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under the UCC (or applicable judicial docket) as in effect in any state in which any of its assets are located, indicating among other things that its assets are free and clear of any Lien except for Permitted Liens;

(10) Hazard and Liability Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of property hazard, business interruption and liability insurance, evidence of payment of all insurance premiums for the current policy year of each (naming the Administrative Agent as loss payee (and mortgagee, as applicable) on all certificates for property hazard insurance and as additional insured on all certificates for liability insurance), and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, copies (certified by a Responsible Officer) of insurance policies otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

57

(11) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.

(ii) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(iii) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such reasonable fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have completed, to its satisfaction, all legal, tax, business and other due diligence with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, operations and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope and determination satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

(v) The Existing Facility shall be repaid in full and terminated and all collateral security therefor shall be released, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a pay-off letter in form and substance satisfactory to it evidencing such repayment, termination, reconveyance and release.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

(ee) Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(i) The representations and warranties of (i) the Borrower contained in Article V and (ii) each Loan Party contained in each other Loan Document or in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(ii) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or the application of the proceeds thereof.

58

(iii) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(iv) In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Credit Extension to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

(ff) Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental permits, licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license and (d) is in compliance with all Laws, government permits and government licenses (including, without limitation, all Food and Drug Administration regulations and requirements); except in each case referred to in clauses (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(gg) Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law. Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

59

(hh) Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(ii) Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms.

(jj) Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect; No Internal Control Event.

(i) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(ii) The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated September 30, 2005, contained in the related quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(iii) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iv) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, no Internal Control Event has occurred.

(kk) Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 5.06, either

60

individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ll) No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(mm) Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is not subject to any Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01. The Security Documents, together with the filing of appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, and the possession of the certificates evidencing the Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries of Borrower comprising part of the Collateral and the instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness compromising part of the Collateral, create valid and perfected first priority liens on and security interests in the Collateral (subject to the liens and security interests expressly permitted under Section 7.01) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, securing the payment of the Obligations. Certificates representing all of the Equity Interests in the Subsidiary Guarantors that are purported to comprise part of the Collateral have been delivered to the Administrative Agent as required under the terms of the Security Documents, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate powers duly executed in blank; all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect the liens and security interests of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral have been duly made or taken and are in full force and effect or will be duly made or taken in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; and all filing fees and recording taxes have been paid in full.

(nn) Environmental Compliance. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and Environmental Claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Company has reasonably concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09, such Environmental Laws and Environmental Claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(oo) Insurance. The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or its Subsidiaries operate.

61

(pp) Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement.

(qq) ERISA Compliance.

(i) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(ii) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

(rr) Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are wholly owned, either directly or indirectly, by the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). No Subsidiary is an Immaterial Subsidiary, other than as specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13. The Borrower has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part(b) of Schedule 5.13. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

62

(ss) Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(i) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

(ii) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(tt) Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

(uu) Compliance with Laws. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(vv) Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.17, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ww) Labor Relations. There are no strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge,

63

threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and no significant unfair labor practice complaint is pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Solvency. The Borrower is, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to be, Solvent.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary to:

(yy) Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(i) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by (i) a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any qualifications or exceptions as to the scope of such audit nor to any qualifications and exceptions not reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders; or (ii) an SEC Form 10-K for the Borrower (excluding the exhibits thereto) relating to such fiscal year;

(ii) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes or (ii) an SEC Form 10-Q for the Borrower (excluding the exhibits thereto) relating to such fiscal quarter;

(iii) as soon as available, but in any event no more than sixty (60) days after the beginning of each fiscal year of the Borrower, forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, of consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the

64

Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter occurring in each such fiscal year (including the fiscal year in which the Maturity Date occurs); and

(iv) upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, a consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (which shall include consolidating information as to Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower) as at the end of the applicable fiscal period, and the related consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal period.

(zz) Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(i) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), (unless included in the applicable SEC Form 10-K) a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements;

(ii) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(iii) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(iv) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(v) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; and

(vi) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the

65

Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(b) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of such Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long as such Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

(aaa) Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(i) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

66

(ii) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

(iii) of any litigation, investigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party (i) in which the amount of damages claimed and not fully covered by insurance equals or exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies), or in which injunctive relief or similar relief is sought, which relief, if granted, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) within four (4) days after reporting the same to the SEC if the Borrower is required to report the same to such entity under applicable Law;

(iv) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(v) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(vi) of the occurrence of any Internal Control Event;

(vii) upon becoming aware thereof, of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in, any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would materially impact the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(viii) upon, but in no event later than ten (10) days after, becoming aware of (i) any and all enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions involving a potential liability in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate instituted, completed or threatened against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their properties pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) all other Environmental Claims involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary with a potential liability in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, and (iii) any environmental or similar condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be anticipated to cause such property or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of such property under any Environmental Laws and involving a potential liability in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

67

(bbb) Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

(ccc) Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its IP Rights, the non-preservation of which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ddd) Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

(eee) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.

(fff) Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ggg) Books and Records. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

68

(hhh) Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, at such reasonable times during normal business hours on no more than one (1) occasion per year, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and at the reasonable expense of the Borrower (such expense to be paid by the Borrower under these circumstances shall not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per year); provided, however, that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower (without reference to the above-mentioned expense limitation) as often as may be reasonably desired, at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

(iii) Compliance with ERISA. Do, and cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to do, each of the following: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

(jjj) Compliance with Environmental Laws. (a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with all Environmental Laws; and (b) upon written request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall submit and cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense and at reasonable intervals, a report providing an update of the status of any environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue identified in any notice or report required pursuant to Section 6.03(h) and any other environmental, health or safety compliance obligation, remedial obligation or liability, that could, individually or in the aggregate, result in liability in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00).

(kkk) Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) to fund the Earn-Out Payments, (b) to refinance the Existing Credit Agreement, (c) to finance share repurchases in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (d) for working capital, capital expenditures, permitted acquisitions and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

(lll) Approvals and Authorizations. Maintain all authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses from, exemptions of, and filings and registrations with, each Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which each Foreign Obligor is organized and existing, and all approvals and consents of each other Person in such jurisdiction, in each case that are required in connection with the Loan Documents.

(mmm) Additional Subsidiary Guarantors.

(i) Domestic Subsidiaries.

69

(i) Notify the Administrative Agent of the creation or acquisition of any Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary except as set forth Section 6.15(a)(ii)) and promptly thereafter (and in any event within thirty (30) days), cause such Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary except as set forth Section 6.15(a)(ii)) to (A) become a Subsidiary Guarantor by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, (B) grant a security interest in all Collateral owned by such Domestic Subsidiary by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to each other Security Document or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose and comply with the terms of each such Security Document, (C) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and certificates referred to in Section 4.01 with respect to such Domestic Subsidiary to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (D) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing the Equity Interests of such Person held by any Loan Party together with undated stock or other transfer powers in blank, executed by the relevant Loan Party, (E) deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Domestic Subsidiary, and (F) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents (including, without limitation, favorable legal opinions) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If at any time (a) the aggregate amount the total net revenues for all Immaterial Subsidiaries (that are not Subsidiary Guarantors) for the period of the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters is equal to or greater than fifteen percent (15%) of the consolidated total net revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01; or (b) the aggregate amount of total assets for all Immaterial Subsidiaries (that are not Subsidiary Guarantors), as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, are equal to or greater than fifteen percent (15%) of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, in each case as reflected in the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, then, in either case, the Borrower shall cause sufficient Immaterial Subsidiaries to become parties to the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Collateral Agreement so as not to exceed the foregoing limitations.

(ii) Additional Foreign Subsidiaries.

(1) Notify the Administrative Agent at the time that any Person becomes a first tier Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within forty-five (45) days after notification), cause (A) the Borrower or the applicable Domestic Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent Security

70

Documents pledging sixty-five percent (65%) of the total outstanding Equity Interests of such new Foreign Subsidiary and a consent thereto executed by such new Foreign Subsidiary (including, without limitation, if applicable, original stock certificates (or the equivalent thereof pursuant to the Applicable Laws and practices of any relevant foreign jurisdiction) evidencing the Equity Interests of such new Foreign Subsidiary, together with an appropriate undated stock or other transfer power for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof), (B) such Foreign Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent certified copies of such Foreign Subsidiary’s formation and governing documents and/or agreements and (C) such Foreign Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents (including, without limitation, favorable legal opinions) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(2) If:

a) any Foreign Subsidiary guarantees any Indebtedness of any Loan Party; or

b) if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders provide written notice to the Borrower that there has been a change in the relevant sections of the Code or the regulations, rules, rulings, notices or other official pronouncements issued or promulgated thereunder, at which time the Borrower shall seek an opinion from counsel (which shall be chosen by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) that with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary that is not already a Loan Party that (1) a pledge of more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary, (2) joining such Foreign Subsidiary to the Subsidiary Guaranty, and (3) the grant of a security interest in all Collateral owned by such Foreign Subsidiary would not cause the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States Federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent for United States Federal income tax purposes,

then, in either case (assuming that the legal opinion referenced in Section 6.15(b)(ii)(B) is provided), the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall cause such Foreign Subsidiary to (i) become a Subsidiary Guarantor by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to the applicable Subsidiary Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a security interest in all Collateral owned by such Foreign Subsidiary by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to each Security Document or such other documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose and comply with the terms of each Security Document and (C) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents and closing certificates consistent with subsection (a) above or otherwise as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(iii) Real Property Collateral. Notify the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the acquisition of any owned real property or material leasehold by

71

any Loan Party, and within sixty (60) days following request by the Administrative Agent, deliver such Mortgages, title insurance policies (with copies of all exceptions to such title insurance policies), environmental assessments and reports, flood certifications, surveys and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with granting and perfecting a first priority Lien on such real property in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that no Loan Party shall be required to comply with the requirements of this clause (c) with respect to any individual owned real property unless the value of any fee interest in such real property exceeds $5,000,000.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(nnn) Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(i) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(ii) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.03(b);

(iii) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(iv) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(v) pledges or deposits in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(vi) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; provided, that all such deposits in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

72

(vii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(viii) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(ix) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, (ii) such Liens attach to the subject property within thirty (30) days after the acquisition thereof and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition; and

(x) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, provided that (i) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB, and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution.

(ooo) Investments. Make any Investments, except:

(i) Investments (other than those permitted by subsections (b) through (g) of this Section 7.02) that are existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02(a);

(ii) Investments held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of cash equivalents or short-term marketable securities that have been invested pursuant to the investment guidelines set forth on Schedule 7.02(b);

(iii) Investments consisting of extensions of credit by the Borrower to any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or by any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries to the Borrower or to another of its wholly owned Subsidiaries; provided that, (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Investments made following the Closing Date in Subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a state or territory thereof: (A) for the sole purpose of meeting regulatory capitalization requirements exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00); and (B) other than for purposes of the foregoing clause (A) exceed Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000.00), (ii) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Investments made following the Closing Date in Domestic Subsidiaries that are Immaterial Subsidiaries exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (iii) all such extensions of credit to Domestic Subsidiaries shall be documented in the form of a promissory note and such note shall be delivered, with such appropriate endorsement or other transfer powers in blank, to the Administrative Agent as Collateral in accordance with the Security Documents.

(iv) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the Ordinary

73

Course of Business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(v) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03;

(vi) other Investments on or after the Closing Date consisting of Acquisitions of Persons engaged in lines of business substantially similar or complementary to the lines of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof; provided that all of the following are true at the time of any such Acquisition and, except as set forth below, at the time that the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurs any Contractual Obligation with respect to any such Acquisition:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom;

(2) the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary shall have received evidence (and shall provide such evidence to the Administrative Agent upon its request) of approval of any such Acquisition by the target entity’s board of directors or equivalent governing body;

(3) the aggregate amount of all cash and non-cash consideration paid in respect of such Acquisitions in any fiscal year, including all (A) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets) incurred or assumed in connection with all such Acquisitions, (B) earn-out payments to be made in connection with all such Acquisitions and (C) issuances of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with all such Acquisitions, shall not exceed an amount equal to Fifty percent (50%) of the Borrower’s Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal year ended immediately prior to the fiscal year in which any such Acquisition is made; and

(4) the aggregate amount of all cash and non-cash consideration paid in respect of all such Acquisitions, including all (A) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets) incurred or assumed in connection with all such Acquisitions, (B) earn-out payments to be made in connection with all such Acquisitions and (C) issuances of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with all such Acquisitions, does not exceed an aggregate amount of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) over the term of this Agreement; and

(vii) Investments not otherwise permitted pursuant to subsections (a) through (f) of this Section 7.02 in the equity of any Subsidiary or the capital stock, assets, obligations or other securities of or interests in any other Person in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

(ppp) Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

74

(ii) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (ii) the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;

(iii) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the Ordinary Course of Business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(iv) Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i); provided, the aggregate amount of (i) all purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets that may be incurred by the Borrower or any of its then existing Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); and (ii) all Indebtedness in respect of capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets incurred by the Borrower or any of its then existing Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00);

(v) Indebtedness arising as a consequence of Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(c) or Section 7.02(f); provided that the foregoing shall not permit, in the case of Investments otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(f), any Indebtedness incurred in anticipation of any such Investment, including any Acquisition; and

(vi) other Indebtedness incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with (i) securing the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), and statutory obligations, (ii) obligations on surety and appeal bonds, and (iii) other obligations of a like nature incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, in each of the foregoing cases to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document.

(qqq) Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or

75

substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(i) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person, provided further that any Subsidiary Guarantor may only merge with another Subsidiary Guarantor, or (iii) any other Person, provided that (1) the Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or immediately upon such merger, consolidation or combination, the surviving Person shall be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and (2) to the extent required by Section 6.15, the surviving Person in such merger executes and delivers a Guaranty and becomes a party to the Security Documents concurrently upon the effectiveness of such merger; and

(ii) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that, if the transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary; provided further that, if the transferor in such a transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

(rrr) Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(i) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(ii) Dispositions of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(iii) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, (i) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (A) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of replacement property for use in the Ordinary Course of Business, (B) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property for use in the Ordinary Course of Business or (C) the board of directors or senior management of the Borrower or such Subsidiary has determined in good faith that the failure to replace such property will not be detrimental to the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and (ii) other Dispositions of equipment (other than coblation controllers and/or related devices that allow customers to properly use the products produced by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in the Ordinary Course of Business; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries the subject of all such Dispositions under this clause (ii) in any calendar year shall not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00);

(iv) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, Dispositions of property (other than those permitted by Section 7.04) by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all property the subject of Dispositions made by all

76

Subsidiary Guarantors to Persons other than the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) in any calendar year;

(v) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;

(vi) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, licenses of IP Rights in the Ordinary Course of Business and substantially consistent with past practice; and

(vii) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, Dispositions of property by Borrower or any Subsidiary outside of the Ordinary Course of Business; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries the subject of all such Dispositions in any calendar year shall not exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00);

provided, however, that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) through (g) shall be for fair market value.

(sss) Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, or issue or sell any Equity Interests, except:

(i) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to wholly owned Subsidiaries;

(ii) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;

(iii) the Borrower may issue and sell shares of its common stock; and

(iv) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may issue its Equity Interests (i) to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and (ii) to qualify directors where required by applicable Law or to satisfy other requirements of Law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries.

(ttt) ERISA. At any time engage in a transaction which could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, or permit any Plan to (a) engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code); (b) fail to comply with ERISA or any other applicable Laws; or (c) incur any material “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), which, with respect to each event listed above, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(uuu) Change in Nature of Business or in Structure. (a) Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto or (b) make any change in the Borrower’s capital structure (including the terms of its outstanding capital stock) or amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws in any manner that could be materially adverse to the Lenders.

77

(vvv) Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, other than arm’s-length transactions with Affiliates that are otherwise permitted hereunder.

(www) Burdensome Agreements. Enter into (a) any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (i) limits the ability (A) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (B) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower or (C) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall not prohibit any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness; (ii) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person, or (b) any employment contracts or other arrangements whose terms, including salaries, benefits and other compensation, are different from those previously entered into by it in the Ordinary Course of Business.

(xxx) Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

(yyy) Financial Covenants.

(i) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

(ii) Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.

(iii) Minimum Consolidated EBITDA. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, permit Consolidated EBITDA to be less than $50,000,000.

(zzz) Earn-Out Payments. Make any Earn-Out Payment (a) if a Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom or (b) prior to the date such Earn-Out Payment is due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Applied Therapeutics Asset Purchase Agreement and the Opus Medical Acquisition Agreement, as applicable, without giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereto by the Borrower occurring after the Closing Date without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

78

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

(aaaa) Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(i) Non-Payment. Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(ii) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, 6.10, 6.13, 6.15, or Article VII, or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in the Subsidiary Guaranty; or

(iii) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days; or

(iv) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

(v) Cross-Default. (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

79

(vi) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(vii) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or

(viii) Judgments. There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has not disputed coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(ix) Environmental. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be subject to Environmental Liability and such liability would be reasonably likely individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(xi) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document;

80

(xii) Loss of Material Licenses. Permits or Intellectual Property. Any Governmental Authority revokes or fails to renew any material license, permit or franchise of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason loses any material license, permit or franchise, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries suffers the imposition of any restraining order, escrow, suspension or impound of funds in connection with any proceeding (judicial or administrative) with respect to any material license, permit or franchise that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect

(xiii) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(xiv) Material Adverse Effect. There occurs any event or circumstance that has a Material Adverse Effect.

(bbbb) Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(i) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(iii) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(iv) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(cccc) Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the

81

Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or the L/C Issuer) and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting (a) unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, (b) all payment and other obligations owing by the Borrower under any Swap Contracts, and (c) cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

(dddd) Appointment and Authority.

Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

82

(eeee) Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

(ffff) Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other

83

agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(gggg) Reliance by Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

(hhhh) Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

(iiii) Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative

84

Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

(jjjj) Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(kkkk) No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Syndication Agent, Bookrunners or Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

85

(llll) Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

(mmmm) Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

86

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and

(c) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10.

MISCELLANEOUS

(nnnn) Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(i) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;

(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;

(iii) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(iv) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder.

(v) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

87

(vi) amend Section 1.06 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Lender;

(vii) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender; or

(viii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guaranty or release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, in each case without the written consent of each Lender;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

(oooo) Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.

(i) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(1) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and

(2) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

88

(ii) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(iii) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(iv) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer

89

and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(v) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(pppp) No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

(qqqq) Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(i) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

90

(ii) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such other Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iii) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).

91

(iv) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(v) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(vi) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

(rrrr) Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(ssss) Successors and Assigns.

(i) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the

92

provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(ii) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that

(1) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans;

(3) any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); and

(4) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in Schedule 10.06, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

93

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(iii) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the L/C Issuer at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.

(iv) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the

94

Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

(v) Limitation upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.

(vi) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(vii) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(viii) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation,

95

including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.

(tttt) Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

96

(uuuu) Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

(vvvv) Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

(wwww) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(xxxx) Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and

97

delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

(yyyy) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(zzzz) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender fails to approve a request by the Borrower that Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency” pursuant to Section 1.05 (provided, however, that the Required Lenders shall have already approved such request and currency) or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(i) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 10.06(b);

(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

98

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

(aaaaa) Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(i) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(ii) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(iii) WAIVER OF VENUE. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(iv) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

99

(bbbbb) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

(ccccc) USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act.

(ddddd) Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

(eeeee) Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

100

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

ARTHROCARE CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Fernando Sanchez
Name:	Fernando Sanchez
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

S-1

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By:	/s/ Dora A. Brown
Name:	Dora A. Brown
Title:	Vice President

S-2

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C
Issuer and Swing Line Lender
By:	/s/ John C. Plecque
Name:	John C. Plecque
Title:	Senior Vice President

S-3

SCHEDULE 1.01

MANDATORY COST FORMULAE

1. The Mandatory Cost (to the extent applicable) is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with:

(a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions); or

(b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as practicable thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrower or such Lender as the case may be, a statement setting forth the calculation of any Mandatory Cost.

3. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by such Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent as the cost (expressed as a percentage of such Lender’s participation in all Loans made from such Lending Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of Loans made from that Lending Office.

4. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:

(a) in relation to any Loan in Sterling:

AB+C(B-D) x 0.01	per cent per annum
100 - (A+C)

(b) in relation to any Loan in any currency other than Sterling:

E x 0.01	per cent per annum
300

Where:

“A” is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as

Schedule 1.01

Page 1

an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

“B” is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Rate, the Mandatory Cost and any interest charged on overdue amounts pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.08(b) and, in the case of interest (other than on overdue amounts) charged at the Default Rate, without counting any increase in interest rate effected by the charging of the Default Rate) payable for the relevant Interest Period of such Loan.

“C” is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

“D” is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

“E” is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Regulations and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

5. For the purposes of this Schedule:

(a) “Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

(b) “Fees Regulations” means the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

(c) “Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Regulations under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Regulations but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

(d) “Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Regulations.

6. In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5% will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

7. If requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, each Lender with a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the

Schedule 1.01

Page 2

Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the rate of charge payable by such Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Regulations in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by such Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to such Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of such Lender.

8. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

(a) its jurisdiction of incorporation and the jurisdiction of the Lending Office out of which it is making available its participation in the relevant Loan; and

(b) any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

9. The percentages or rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of A, C and E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits, Special Deposits and the Fees Regulations are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Lending Office in the same jurisdiction as such Lender’s Lending Office.

10. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any Person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over- or under-compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

11. The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

12. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

13. The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

Schedule 1.01

Page 3

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

AngioCare Corporation

ArthroCare Corporation Cayman Islands

ArthroCare Costa Rica SRL

ArthroCare Deutschland GmbH

ArthoCare Europe AB

ArthroCare France SRL

ArthroCare International, Inc.

ArthroCare Italy SPA

ArthroCare Luxembourg, S.a.r.l.

ArthroCare Medical Corporation

ArthroCare U.K. LTD

Atlantech Medical Devices (UK) Ltd.

Atlantech Medical Devices Ltd.

Atlandtech Medizinishche Produkte Vertreibs

LySonix, Inc.

MDA Capital, Inc.

Medical Device Alliance Inc.

Parallax Medical, Inc.

OC Acquisition Sub, LLC

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-06297, 333-43296, 333-56284, 333-59379, 333-62130, 333-105140, 333-106409 and 333-120932) of ArthroCare Corporation of our report dated March 24, 2006 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Austin, Texas

March 24, 2006

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

FORM OF RULE 13a-14(a)

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael Baker, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ArthroCare Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(c) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material over financial reporting, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control.

Date: March 24, 2006	By:	/s/ Michael A. Baker
		Michael A. Baker
		President, Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

FORM OF RULE 13a-14(a)

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Fernando Sanchez, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ArthroCare Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(c) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material over financial reporting, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control.

Date: March 24, 2006	By:	/s/ Fernando Sanchez
		Fernando Sanchez
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of ArthroCare Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

1. The accompanying annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 24, 2006	By:	/s/ Michael A. Baker
		Michael A. Baker
		President, Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before of after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of ArthroCare Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

1. The accompanying annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 24, 2006	By:	/s/ Fernando Sanchez
		Fernando Sanchez
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before of after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.